AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 07200 Insulation
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR BUILDING CONSTRUCTION
DIVISION 08: DOORS AND WINDOWS
1 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 07200 Insulation
Foreword
The internationally recognized framework known as “Masterformat” released by the Construction Specifications Institute (CSI) has been adopted in order to organize the sorting and numbering in the new edition of the specifications in a manner that insures the easy flow and exchange of information among specialists and the community of the building industry at large. The new edition involves 12 main divisions. These divisions are:
Division 01: General Requirements Division 02: Site work Division 03: Concrete Division 04: Masonry Division 05: Metals Division 06: Wood and Plastics Division 07: Thermal and Moisture Protection Division 08: Doors and Windows Division 09: Finishes Division 14: Conveying Systems Division 15: Mechanical Division 16: Electrical
Each Division comprises a number of related Sections. For example: Division 08 includes eight sections. They are:
08100 Doors and Frames 08200 Wooden and Plastic Doors 08300 Special Doors 08400 Entrances and Storefronts 08500 Metal Windows 08600 Wooden and Plastic Windows 08700 Hardware 08800 Glazing
2 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 07200 Insulation
Further, each Section incorporates seven Parts as follows:
Part 1: General: This is mainly concerned with the references, quality control, submittals, programs, and maintenance. Part 2: Products: This gives a breakdown of material used in addition to their properties and place of installation. Part 3: Execution: The most significant items in this Part are the execution and installation of the works, field quality control, as well as cleaning and protection methods. Part 4: Methods of Measurement: This indicates the measurement units and the measuring methods that shall be used for the Bills of Quantities. Part 5: Basis of Payment: This indicates the work that shall be completed for each item of the Bills of Quantities. It also indicates the ancillary works to be included in the unit price rate. Part 6: Annex: Tables and Figures: Those relevant to the individual Section.
Comments and Recommendations may be forwarded to the following address:
3 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 07200 Insulation
DIVISION 08
DOORS AND WINDOWS
4 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 07200 Insulation
INDEX
Division 01: General Requirements Division 02: Sitework Division 03: Concrete Division 04: Masonry Division 05: Metals Division 06: Wood & Plastics Division 07: Thermal & Moisture Protection Division 08: Doors & Windows 08100 Metal Doors and Frames 08200 Wood and Plastic Doors 08300 Special Doors 08400 Entrances and Storefront 08500 Metal Windows 08600 Wood and Plastic Windows 08700 Hardware 08800 Glazing Division 09: Finishes Division 14: Conveying Systems Division 15: Mechanical Division 16: Electrical
5 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 07200 Insulation
6 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC H11 CURTAIN WALLING
H11 CURTAIN WALLING
To be read in conjunction with General Requirements.
TYPES OF CURTAIN WALLING
110 CURTAIN WALLING TO ALL FACADES – Type CW1 and CW2 - Supporting structure: In situ reinforced concrete frame. floor and roof decks. - Curtain walling system: - Manufacturer & reference: Schuco International KG, Whitehall Avenue, Kingston, Milton Keynes, Buckinghamshire, UK Tel: 044 908 282 111 Fax: 044 908 282124 or equal and approved. - Type: Thermally broken stick system. To include all products, fixings and interfaces necessary to complete the fabrication and installation. Performance criteria to comply with Design/Performance Requirements and Testing subsections. - Internal framing member: - Material: Aluminium as clause 710. - Finish: Polyester powder coated as section Z31. Colour/ texture: RAL Colour to be agreed. 80% gloss/20% matt. Minimum film thickness: As section Z31 - External cover cap: - Material: Aluminium as clause 710. - Finish: Polyester powder coated as section Z31. Colour/ texture: RAL Colour to be agreed. 80% gloss/20% matt Minimum film thickness: As section Z31 - Glazing type: Hermetically sealed double glazed units with 16mm minimum cavity. - Inner pane: 6mm thick low emmissivity clear float glass. (Toughened safety glass where required) - Outer pane: 8mm thick Laminated solar control glass. - Glazing system: Double glazed gasketed system.
137 DOORSETS TO GLAZED SCREENS - As L20/482. -
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS/ PREPARATORY WORK
210 DESIGN - Complete the detailed design of the curtain walling and associated features to meet the requirements of this specification. - Co-ordinate detailed design with that for all related works.
215 DESIGN PROPOSALS - The general arrangement drawings indicate design intent but do not preclude submission with the tender of reasonable alternative proposals for consideration.
1
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC H11 CURTAIN WALLING
220 SPECIFICATION - Comply with the latest edition of the Centre for Window and Cladding Technology (CWCT) ‘Standard for curtain walling’ unless specified otherwise in this section. - Keep a copy of the CWCT ‘Standard for curtain walling’ at the design office, workshop and on site, readily accessible for reference at all times during the course of the works.
231 INFORMATION TO BE PROVIDED AFTER ACCEPTANCE OF TENDER - Submit to the CA within 4 weeks of appointment the following curtain walling particulars: - A schedule of detailed drawings and dates for submission for comment. - A schedule of loads that will be transmitted from the curtain walling to the structure. - Proposed fixing anchor details relevant to structural design and construction. - A detailed testing programme in compliance with the Main Contract master programme. - A detailed fabrication and installation programme in compliance with the Main Contract master programme. - A quality plan in compliance with CWCT ‘Guide to good practice for facades’, Section 6. - Proposals to support any outstanding applications for Building Regulation consents or relaxations and thereby obtain approval.
232 DESIGN AND PRODUCTION INFORMATION Submit the following curtain walling particulars: - Typical plan, section and elevation drawings at suitable scales. Typical detailed drawings at large scales, including details showing the incorporation of doorsets, casement window inserts and associated jamb, head and sill flashings as shown on the indicative design drawings. - Technical information and certification demonstrating compliance with specification of proposed incorporated products and finishes. - Certification, reports and calculations demonstrating compliance with specification of proposed curtain walling. - Proposals for connections to and support from the building structure and building components. - Proposals for amendments to primary supporting structure and for secondary supporting structure additional to that shown on preliminary design drawings. - Schedule of builder’s work, special provisions and special attendance by others. - Examples of standard documentation from which project quality plan will be prepared. - Preliminary fabrication and installation method statements and programme. - Schedule of products and finishes with a design life expectancy less than that specified in clause 440, with proposals for frequencies and methods of replacement. - Proposals for replacing damaged or failed products.
- Design and detailing:
2
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC H11 CURTAIN WALLING
- Complete the design and detailing of the work and provide complete production information (including as appropriate, fabrication/installation drawings, all design calculations, specifications etc.) based on the drawings, this specification and other information provided, liasing with the CA, and others as necessary to help ensure co-ordination of the work with related building elements and services. - Information: - Request additional information as necessary from the CA and provide information as necessary in time to meet the programme. - Submission: - Submit sufficient copies of the design/production information, including copies for the CA and consultants. - Inspection by the CA: - The CA will inspect the design/production information, record his comments and return to the Contractor within the period stated on the Form of Tender. - Amendments: - Make any necessary amendments without delay. Unless and until it is confirmed that the resubmission is not required, resubmit for further review and comment, and incorporate any necessary amendments all as before. - Variations: - If submitted design/production information differs from the Subcontract/Tender/Contract documents each such difference must be the subject of a request for substitution or Variation, supported by all relevant information. - Amendments required by CA: - Should any amendment to design/production information required by the CA be considered to involve a Variation which has not already been acknowledged as a Variation by the CA, notify the CA without delay and in any case within 7 days, and do not proceed with ordering, fabrication, or fixing until subsequently instructed. Claims for the extra cost of such work, if made after it has been carried out, may not be allowed. Distribution of final version: Submit sufficient copies of final design/production information, including 6 copies for the CA and consultants, for distribution to all affected parties.
235 INFORMATION TO BE PROVIDED BEFORE COMMENCEMENT OF TESTING OR FABRICATION OF CURTAIN WALLING - Submit the following curtain walling particulars: - Detailed drawings to fully describe fabrication and installation. - Detailed calculations to prove compliance with design/ performance requirements. - Project specific fabrication, handling and installation method statements. - Certification for incorporated components manufactured by others confirming their suitability for proposed locations in the curtain walling. - Recommendations for spare parts for future repairs or replacements. - Recommendations for safe dismantling and recycling or disposal of products.
251 PRODUCT & FABRICATION SAMPLES - General: Before commencing detailed design, submit labelled samples of curtain walling items. 3
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC H11 CURTAIN WALLING
260 SAMPLES OF FIXINGS - General: During detailed design, submit labelled samples of each type of fixing anchor, including casting-in restraints and shims, together with manufacturers’ recommended torque figures.
DESIGN/ PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
304 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: The curtain walling shall be designed, constructed and installed: - To be able to accommodate without distortion or other defect all reasonable anticipated stress, - To be weathertight. - To meet the performance requirements stated herein which shall be considered as the minimum acceptable levels. The ability to achieve a performance higher than the minimum will be taken into account in the selection of the system. The Contractor will be entirely responsible for the adequacy and suitability of its purpose of work specified notwithstanding any requirements herein stated. The design shall comply with any Act of Parliament or any Regulation or By-Law of any Local Authority or of any Statutory Undertaking which has any jurisdiction with regard to the works and the Contractor shall be entirely responsible for obtaining all necessary consents.
306 GENERAL - Comply with Section 2 - Performance Criteria unless specified or agreed otherwise. - Project performance requirements specified in this subsection: Read in conjunction with CWCT performance criteria.
307 TOLERANCE - Shall be provided for the curtain wall design to enable it to be installed within agreed limits to be set by reference to the building tolerances required by the CA. The Contractor shall also take into account the relationship of his work with other adjacent trades and the tolerances thereon.
309 MATERIALS - All materials used shall be compatible with one another and with the building fabric. Where required between contact surfaces of concrete, galvanised or stainless steel, or aluminium, particularly in damp conditions, a separating membrane shall be introduced. The selection of metal types and grades, for use in the curtain wall construction shall, notwithstanding any other requirements of this specification, take into account the requirement to prevent the occurrence of electrolytic action between metal.
313 INTEGRITY - Requirement: The curtain walling must resist wind loads, dead loads and design live loads, and accommodate deflections and movements without damage. - Design wind pressure: Calculate in accordance with BS 6399-2 with a minimum design wind pressure of 1200 Pa. - Permanent imposed loads: To structural engineer’s direction 4
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC H11 CURTAIN WALLING
- Temporary imposed loads: Foot traffic and maintenance personnel.
319 PERMITTED DEFLECTION OF FRAMING MEMBERS - For wind resistance and safety shall be as set out in sections 2.12 and 2.13 of ‘Standard for Curtain Walling’ published by the Centre for Window and Cladding Technology. The maximum vertical deflection of any horizontal member at midspan shall be span/400 or 3mm whichever is less. - The curtain walling, its fixings to structure, and adjacent components shall resist the design wind pressure without permanent deformation.
320 DEFLECTION UNDER DEAD LOADS - Requirement: Framing members parallel to the curtain walling plane must not: - Reduce glass bite to less than 75% of design dimension. - Reduce edge clearance to less than 3 mm between members and immediately adjacent glazing units, panel/ facing units or other fixed units. - Reduce clearance to less than 2 mm between members and movable components such as doors and windows.
322 RESISTANCE TO DEAD LOADS - The maximum vertical deflection of any horizontal member at midspan shall be span/400 or 3mm whichever is less.
325 RESISTANCE TO IMPACT: Curtain walling shall- - Be capable of withstanding hard and soft body impacts applied or transferred to either of its faces during normal use without sustaining significant damage and without deterioration of its performance. Hard and soft bodies shall be as defined in BS8200, Appendix G. - When subject to abuse not be dislodged from the structure or produce falling debris which may be a hazard to occupants or to people outside the building - the above requirements do not apply to glazing. - In respect of infill panels and panels which are an integral part of the curtain walling, be required to resist the following ranges of impact levels:- Hard body – from 7.5 to 15 Nm Soft Body – from 120 to 250 Nm At the lower levels of the above impact forces and at the higher levels of the hard body test there shall be no failure or damage to brittle materials and there shall be no significant damage to finishes and no significant denting. At the higher levels for the soft body test the impactor should not pass through the specimen nor dislodge any materials from the face of the specimen.
327 MANUFACTURING CURTAIN WALL TOLERANCES - Curtain wall and glazing elements: +/- 1.5mm - Cladding panels, flashings, casings: length +/- 1.0mm - Cladding panels, flashings, casings: width +/- 1.0mm
328 PANEL STRENGTH AND FLATNESS: Sheet aluminium members will be of adequate strength to ensure complete rigidity without any distortion. Panels will be manufactured within the following allowable tolerances: per 900mm width: 1.5mm concave or convex distortion – non cumulative. per 2.00m length: +/- non cumulative. 5
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC H11 CURTAIN WALLING
329 SHAPE: The design shall be such that bow and twist, both in the plane of the curtain walling, in the members themselves and in the squareness of the installed assemblies, shall be within limits which will not have any adverse effect on the weather-tightness performance and shall be acceptable to the CA.
331 GENERAL MOVEMENT - Requirement: Curtain walling must accommodate anticipated building movements as advised by the structural engineer.
341 AIR PERMEABILITY - Permissible air leakage rates of 1.5m³/hr/m² for fixed lights and 2.0 m³/hr/lin.m for opening lights must not be exceeded when the curtain walling is subjected to a peak positive test pressure of 600 Pascals.
350 WATER PENETRATION - Requirement: Moisture must not penetrate to internal surfaces or into cavities not designed to be wetted when the curtain walling is subjected to a peak positive test pressure of 450 Pascals.
360 WIND RESISTANCE – SERVICEABILITY: Glazed units in framing member tests must have all edges supported.
370 THERMAL PROPERTIES - Requirement: Average thermal transmittance (U-value) of the curtain walling, calculated using the elemental method: 2.2w/sq mK.
385 THERMAL STRESS IN GLAZING - Glass panes/ units: Must have adequate resistance to thermal stress generated by orientation, shading, solar control and construction.
390 AVOIDANCE OF CONDENSATION - Requirement: The psychrometric conditions under which condensation must not form on building interior surfaces of framing members or any part of infill panels/ facings are: - External summer: 29 degC maximum at 65% RH. - External winter: -3 degC minimum at 50% RH. - Internal summer: 24 degC at 65% RH. - Internal winter: 21 degC at 50% RH.
410 SOUND TRANSMITTANCE: To Acoustic Consultant’s recommendations
422 UNPROTECTED AREA: The curtain walling will be classed as an unprotected area and there is no fire resistance requirement.
426 INTERNAL SURFACE SPREAD OF FLAME OF CURTAIN WALLING - The Contractor shall state the surface spread of flame grading as defined in BS476:Part 7 for internal and external surfaces of the curtain walling system.
6
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC H11 CURTAIN WALLING
430 FIRE STOPPING - Must be provided at all junctions of curtain walling with compartment walls and floors. Use materials and methods of fixing to ensure fire resistance not less than that specified for compartment walls and floors.
440 DESIGN LIFE OF CURTAIN WALLING - Duration (minimum): 30 years. - Maintenance: Submit a schedule for maintenance and for replacement of secondary components.
444 ATMOSPHERIC CONDITIONS - During the life of the curtain walling exposure to sunlight shall not reduce the performance or visual appearance.
450 SAFETY - The finished surfaces of curtain walling in all accessible internal and external areas must not: - Have irregularities capable of inflicting personal injury. - Release irritant or staining substances.
TESTING
511 COMPARISON (TYPE) TESTING - Fabrication and installation of curtain walling must not commence until test results and reports showing compliance with this specification have been submitted to the CA. - Previous results or classification submissions will be considered.
516 PROJECT TESTING (LABORATORY) - At an agreed stage in detailed design work arrange for laboratory testing of a specimen of curtain walling in accordance with relevant clauses of this specification. - The costs of such tests shall be identified in the tender. - Fabrication and installation of curtain walling must not commence until test results and reports showing compliance with this specification have been submitted to the CA.
521 PROJECT TESTING (SITE) - At an agreed stage during preliminary installation on site, arrange for testing of a section of curtain walling in accordance with relevant clauses of this specification.
- Protect building structure, components and finishes from any damage consequent upon testing. - Installation of general areas of curtain walling must not continue until site test results and reports showing compliance with this specification have been submitted to the CA.
530 TESTING AUTHORITY - Requirement: Project testing must be carried out by a United Kingdom Accreditation Service (UKAS) approved independent laboratory. 7
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC H11 CURTAIN WALLING
541 TEST SPECIMEN - One structural bay of the ground floor glazing
551 TEST SEQUENCE - STANDARD LABORATORY TESTS: To CWCT ‘ Standard for curtain walling’, clause 3.8.1, Standard sequence A, as follows: - Air permeability/leakage as clause 570. - Watertightness – static as clause 575. - Wind resistance – serviceability as clause 585. - Air permeability/leakage as clause 570. - Wind resistance – safety as clause 590. - Dismantle, inspect and record.
570 AIR PERMEABILITY/LEAKAGE TESTS - To CWCT ‘Standard for curtain walling’, clause 3.4. Peak pressure as specified in clause 340. - Carry out tests in calm wind conditions and standard temperature, pressure and humidity conditions. - Regions of concentrated air leakage are to be identified by smoke.
575 WATERTIGHTNESS – STATIC TESTS: To CWCT ‘Standard for curtain walling’, clause 3.5.1. Peak pressure as specified in clause 350.
585 WIND RESISTANCE – SERVICEABILITY TEST: To CWCT ‘Standard for curtain walling’, clause 3.6. Peak pressure equal to 1.5 times the design wind pressure as specifed in clause 313.
590 WIND RESISTANCE – SAFETY TEST: To CWCT ‘Standard for curtain walling’, clause 3.6. Peak pressure equal to 1.5 times the design wind pressure as specified in clause 313.
635 WATERTIGHTNESS - HOSE SITE TEST - Requirement: To CWCT ‘Standard for curtain walling’, clause 3.11.3. - Joints to be tested: As directed by the CA.
PRODUCTS
710 ALUMINIUM ALLOY FRAMING SECTIONS - Standard: To relevant parts of BS EN 515, BS EN 573, BS EN 755 and BS EN 12020. - Alloy, temper and thickness: Suitable for the application and specified finish. - Structural members: To BS 8118-2.
713 ALUMINIUM SHEET MEMBERS FOR POLYESTER POWDER COATING: Shall comply with the requirements of parts 1-4 of BS EN 485: 1993/4, BS EN 515:1993 and parts 1-4 of BS EN 573:1995 and shall be of grades such as 1200 or 3103. The alloy selected will be of atemper suitable for the type of forming to be adopted.
715 MILD STEEL FRAMING SECTIONS/ REINFORCEMENT
8
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC H11 CURTAIN WALLING
- Standards: To relevant parts of BS 7668, BS EN 10029, BS EN 10113, BS EN 10137, BS EN 10155 and BS EN 10210. - Thickness: Suitable for the application, and for galvanizing or other protective coating.
717 MILD STEEL SHEET - Standards: To relevant parts of BS 1449-1, BS EN 10048, BS EN 10051, BS EN 10111, BS EN 10131, BS EN 10132, BS EN 10139, BS EN 10140, BS EN 10149, BS EN 10209 and BS EN 10268. - Grade and thickness: Suitable for the application, and for galvanizing or other protective coating.
720 STAINLESS STEEL SHEET - Standards: To relevant parts of BS EN 10029, BS EN 10048, BS EN 10051, BS EN 10095, BS EN 10258, BS EN 10259. - Grade: To BS EN 10088-2, austenitic 1.4301 (304) generally, 1.4401 (316) when used externally or in severely corrosive environments. - Thickness: Suitable for the application.
731 MECHANICAL FIXINGS - Stainless steel: To BS EN ISO 3506-1 and - 2, grade A2 generally, grade A4 when used in severely corrosive environments. - Mild steel: To BS 4190 and suitable for galvanizing or other protective coating. - Aluminium brackets, rivets and shear pins: To relevant parts of BS EN 755. - All fastenings used to secure opening lights to the curtain walling shall be of austenitic stainless steel. - Shall not incorporate percussive fixings.
732 ADHESIVES - General: Not degradable by moisture or water vapour.
733 PACKING AND SHIMS - General: To be of aluminium or austenitic stainless steel.
735 FIXING ANCHORS - Dimensions: Not less than recommended by their manufacturers. - Adjustment capability: Sufficient in three dimensions to accommodate building structure and curtain walling fabrication/ installation tolerances.
736 GLAZING SYSTEM: Shall be - Non setting compound, or pre-shimmed tapes or similar, used in conjunction with a compatible sealant capping or ‘heel bead’ or EPDM strips or gaskets, used without a sealant, either where compression is provided, or where the system is drained to the outside.
738 GLASS GENERALLY - Standards: To BS 952 and relevant parts of: - BS EN 572 for basic soda lime silicate glass. - BS EN 1096 for coated glass. - BS EN 1748 for borosilicate glass. 9
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC H11 CURTAIN WALLING
- BS EN 1863 for heat strengthened soda lime silicate glass. - BS EN 12150 for thermally toughened soda lime silicate glass. - BS EN 13024 for thermally toughened borosilicate glass. - BS EN ISO 12543 for laminated glass. - Have minimal roll distortion and in the horizontal plane only. - Contain no local defects such as tong marks etc. which will produce irregular reflection. - Have a high optical purity with minimal body colour ie. As clear as possible. - Panes to have undamaged edges and surfaces. - Panes to be accurately sized, clean and free from obvious scratches, bubbles, cracks, ripplings, dimples and other defects. - Panes edges to be generally undisfigured. Shells and chips not more than 2 mm deep and extending not more than 5 mm across the surface are acceptable if ground out. - Be stored: - in dry conditions with no moisture between sheets. - out of direct sunlight. - away from heat sources. - within 10 deg. of vertical. - out of contact with hard materials. - out of contact with alkaline materials such as cement or lime. - in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.
739 DIMENSIONAL TOLERANCES ON GLASS - Measurement of tolerances: Before any thermal toughening/ heat strengthening. - Pane dimensions less than 1500 mm: - For 3 to 6 mm thick glass: ± 1.0 mm. - For 8 to 12 mm thick glass: ± 1.5 mm. - For 15 mm and thicker glass: ± 2.5 mm. - Pane dimensions more than 1500 mm: - For 3 to 6 mm thick glass: ± 1.5 mm. - For 8 to 12 mm thick glass: ± 2.0 mm. - For 15 mm and thicker glass: ± 3.0 mm. - Pane squareness: Not more than 4 mm difference in diagonal measurements.
741 DISTORTIONAL TOLERANCES ON GLASS - Measurement of tolerances: After any thermal toughening/ heat strengthening. - Maximum bow: 0.2% of pane dimension. - Maximum roller wave: - For 3 to 5 mm thick glass: 0.5 mm. - For 6 to 10 mm thick glass: 0.3 mm. - For 12 mm and thicker glass: 0.15 mm. - Maximum edge dip: - For 3 to 5 mm thick glass: 0.8 mm. - For 6 to 10 mm thick glass: 0.5 mm. - For 12 mm and thicker glass: 0.25 mm.
743 THERMALLY TOUGHENED GLASS: Shall be: - Thermally toughened Soda Silicate Safety glass complying with BS EN 12150-1
10
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC H11 CURTAIN WALLING
- Subjected to a heat soaking regime designed to reduce the incidence of failure due to nickel sulphide inclusions: All panes must be heat soaked at a mean glass temperature of 290 + 10 degC. For not less than 8 hours.
745 INSULATING GLASS UNITS - Standard for double glazed units: To BS 5713 and Kitemark certified. - Colour of aluminium perimeter spacers: White - Perimeter seals: Resistant to UV light degradation on exposed edges. Compatible with any structural/ assembly/ weather sealants with which they come into contact. - Perimeter taping: Not permitted.
750 INFILL PANELS/ FACINGS - Tolerances: - Deviation in size (maximum): ± 1 mm. - Deviation in flatness from plane per 2 m length (maximum): ± 1 mm. - Rigidity: Adequate to comply with design/ performance requirements.
752 LAMINATED GLASS UNITS: Shall be installed: - Generally as clause 745. - So that the laminated glass edges are sealed properly using sealants with the interlayer and so that migration of sealants into the interlayer does not occur. - So that delamination of the laminated glass does not occur. - Incorporating removeable indicators to facilitate visual checks on the correct positioning of glass types. - With polyvinyl butryal (PVB) interlayers.
760 GASKETS - Material: - Noncellular rubber to BS 4255-1. - Cellular rubber to ASTM-C509. - Continuity: Outer gaskets of single front sealed curtain walling systems and inner gaskets of drained and ventilated or pressure equalized curtain walling systems must be formed in a complete frame with sealed joints. Vulcanized rubber gaskets must have factory moulded corner joints. - Durability: Resistant to oxidation, ozone and UV degradation.
770 GENERAL SEALANTS - Selection: In accordance with BS 6213 from: - Silicone to BS 5889. - One part polysulfide to BS 5215. - Two part polysulfide to BS 4254. - One or two part polyurethane.
773 SEALANTS shall be: - Selected by the contractor unless otherwise stated. - Compatible with all material(s) with which it will be in contact, and where required by the CA, tested by the manufacturer on the material(s) with which it will be in contact to ensure that no staining occurs and to verify surface protection 11
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC H11 CURTAIN WALLING
procedure and ensure adequate adhesion. Results shall be submitted to the CA prior to the start of fabrication. - Suitable for their purpose and capable of performing adequately over their design life which shall be stated with the tender and in no case be less than 15 years. - Capable of renewal without removal of any adjacent component. - Colour matched to adjacent finishes. - Of a colour acceptable to the CA. - Applied strictly in accordance with the manufacturer’s printed instructions, including, but not confined to joint size, bond breakers, surface cleaning and priming and application. The Contractor shall submit complete information to the sealant manufacturer who shall review all details and certify that the product(s) will be suitable for the application(s).
780 THERMAL INSULATION - Material: Mineral wool slabs. - Properties: Durable, rot and vermin proof and not degradable by moisture or water vapour. - Fixing: Attached to or supported within the curtain walling so as not to bulge, sag, delaminate or detach during installation or in situ during the life of the curtain walling.
786 VAPOUR CONTROL LAYER - Aluminium alloy as clause 712, mild steel as clause 717 or stainless steel as clause 720, not less than 1.5 mm thick, or - Reinforced membranes of foil, plastics or rubbers, protected both sides by rigid facings/linings. - Fixed to ensure continuity of vapour control on the warm side of thermal insulation.
795 ACCESSORIES: The curtain walling shall include all necessary fixing accessories including any parts required to make joints between the curtain walling and adjacent components.
FINISHES
810 PROTECTIVE COATING OF MILD STEEL FRAMING SECTIONS/ REINFORCEMENT - Treatment: One of the following to all surfaces: - Hot dip galvanized to BS EN ISO 1461. - An appropriate equivalent coating to BS 5493, BS EN ISO 12944 or BS EN ISO 14713.
820 PROTECTIVE COATING OF MILD STEEL MECHANICAL FIXINGS - Treatment: One of the following to all surfaces: - Hot dip galvanized to BS EN ISO 1461. - Sherardized to BS 4921, class 1 coating thickness and passivated. - Zinc plated to BS EN 12329, coating designation Fe//Zn//C for an iridescent (yellow passivate) chromate conversion coating or Fe//Zn//D for an opaque (olive green) chromate conversion coating. 12
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC H11 CURTAIN WALLING
830 POWDER COATING - Requirement: As section Z31.
FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION
901 GENERALLY: - Fabricate and install curtain walling in accordance with this specification and the final detailed drawings. - Select and align all products to ensure uniformity of appearance. - Joints must only occur at positions indicated on final detailed drawings. - Isolate dissimilar metals to prevent electrolytic corrosion. - All fixings must be concealed unless indicated on final detailed drawings. Where exposed they must match the material and finish of the products fixed. - Machine cut and drill all products in the workshop wherever possible. - Mark or tag all products to facilitate identification during assembly, handling, storage and installation. Glass shall be marked to indicate its location in accordance with the recommendations of BS 6262. Do not mark surfaces visible in the complete installations. - Joints between frames and building surrounds shall be sealed internally where necessary and bedded and sealed externally. - Aluminium surfaces in contact with cementitious surfaces shall be protected by a bitumen coating to BS 3416 type 1.
909 TRAINING - Ensure that a minimum of 50% of personnel on site at any time at any time are in possession of a current Full Registration card issued under the Registration and Certification Scheme for Window and Curtain Wall Installers. Cards shall show that personnel are qualified for the systems relevant to this project. Operatives executing fixings and other critical portions of the work shall be fully registered.
910 GENERALLY - Electrolytic corrosion: Prevent. Submit proposed methods. - Fixings: Concealed unless indicated on detailed drawings. Where exposed they must match material and finish of the products fixed. - Fabrication: Machine cut and drill products in the workshop wherever possible. - Identification of products: Mark or tag to facilitate identification during assembly, handling, storage and installation. Do not mark surfaces visible in the completed installation.
912 METALWORK - Requirement: As section Z11, unless specified otherwise in this section.
915 GLAZING - Requirement: As section L40, unless specified otherwise in this section. - Directional patterned/ wired glass: Generally fix parallel to surround and align adjacent panes where seen together at close quarters.
917 FIXINGS/ ADHESIVES APPLICATION - Requirement: As section Z20, unless specified otherwise in this section. 13
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC H11 CURTAIN WALLING
920 SEALANT APPLICATION - Requirement: As section Z22, unless specified otherwise in this section.
931 ASSEMBLY - Carry out as much assembly as possible in the workshop. - Joints (other than movement joints) must be rigidly secured, reinforced where necessary and fixed with hairline abutments. - Take precautions to prevent displacement of components in assembled units. Obtain approval for any reassembly on site.
935 INSPECTION: - All fabrication and assembled units must be carefully inspected for match with approved samples and for compliance with this specification and the final detailed drawings before dispatch to site. - Give adequate notice of inspection arrangements to enable the CA and/or other affected parties to be present.
940 PROTECTION: - All fabrications and assembled units must be protected against damage, corrosion and disfigurement during handling, installation and subsequent site operations. - Protective coverings must be applied before dispatch to site and must not be detrimental to curtain walling products, finishes or installation procedures.
945 HANDLING AND STORAGE - Do not deliver to site any curtain walling products and units which cannot be installed immediately or unloaded into a suitable well protected storage area. - Store products and units on level bearers clear of the ground and separate with resilient spacers.
950 SUITABILITY OF SUPPORTING STRUCTURE - Pre-installation survey: Submit report if required accuracy or security of curtain walling installation cannot be achieved.
956 FIXING ANCHOR INSTALLATION - Site drill or cut into structure only in approved locations. - Distances between all fixing components and edges of concrete must not be less than recommended by manufacturers. - Obtain approval before carrying out corrective fabrication to fixing anchors.
965 PRELIMINARY CURTAIN WALLING INSTALLATION - Requirement: Complete an area for inspection and approval of appearance as follows: Refer to clause 541 for location .
970 CURTAIN WALLING INSTALLATION - Securing to fixing anchors: Through holes formed during fabrication only. - Tightening mechanical fasteners: To manufacturer’s recommended torque figures. Do not overtighten fasteners intended to permit differential movement. - Protective coverings: Remove only where necessary to facilitate installation and from surfaces that will be inaccessible on completion. 14
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC H11 CURTAIN WALLING
977 WELDING - Is permitted, subject to completion of a ‘hot work permit’ form and compliance with its requirements.
980 INTERFACES - Flashings, closers, etc: Locate and form correctly to provide weathertight junctions with the curtain walling.
982 IRONMONGERY - Assembly and fixing: Accurately, using fasteners with matching finish supplied by ironmongery manufacturer. - Completion: Check, adjust and lubricate as necessary to ensure correct functioning.
985 DAMAGE - Do not repair curtain walling without approval. Such approval will not be given where products and units are badly damaged or where the proposed repair will impair performance or appearance. - Repairs may require additional site testing at the discretion of the CA. - Schedule repairs or record on drawings for inclusion in the maintenance manual.
990 CLEANING - At Practical Completion or when otherwise agreed with the CA, remove any protective coverings and thoroughly clean external and internal curtain walling areas. Cleaning agents for the purpose must be approved by the curtain walling manufacturer and incorporated products manufacturers.
995 MAINTENANCE - Prepare a maintenance manual in accordance with CWCT ‘Guide to Good Practice for Facades’, Section 10. Unless otherwise instructed or agreed the manual must be completed and handed over to the CA at Practical Completion.
15
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC H31 METAL PROFILED/ FLAT SHEET CLADDING/ COVERING
H31 METAL PROFILED/ FLAT SHEET CLADDING/ COVERING
To be read with Preliminaries/ General Conditions
TENDERING
010 INFORMATION TO BE PROVIDED WITH TENDER - Submit the following cladding particulars: - Typical plan, section and elevation drawings at suitable scales. - Typical detailed drawings at large scales. - Technical information and certification demonstrating compliance with specification of proposed incorporated products and finishes. - Certification, reports and calculations demonstrating compliance with specification of proposed cladding. - Proposals for connections to and support from the primary support structure. - Proposals for primary support structure additional to that shown on preliminary design drawings. - Schedule of builder's work, special provisions and special attendance by others. - Examples of standard documentation from which project quality plan will be prepared. - Preliminary fabrication and installation method statements and programme. - Proposals for replacing damaged or failed products. - Areas of non-compliance with specification.
TYPES OF CLADDING
130 ALUMINIUM CLADDING PANELS TO EXTERNAL ANGLED SHADING PANELS: Type CW8
To be read with Preliminaries/ General conditions.
- MATRIX 1 HONEYCOMB CLADDING PANEL SYSTEM
Manufacturer and reference: PSP metal façade solutions Unit 11, all saints industrial estate Shildon, co. Durham, UK. DL4 2RD TEL 01388 770 490 FAX 01388 778 068
Metal panel drained/back ventilated rainscreen cladding Structurally laminated double skin and honeycomb core composite panel bespoke.
Alternative manufacturers/suppliers can be considered but must be equal or approved.
Panel thickness: Nominal 30 mm Front skin 0.9mm coloured anodised aluminium sheeting grade EN AW-3004. 1
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC H31 METAL PROFILED/ FLAT SHEET CLADDING/ COVERING
Internal skin material 0.9mm coloured anodised aluminium sheeting grade EN AW-3004.
Internal skin finish coloured anodised
Internal skin colour TBC
Core: Commercial grade aluminium honeycomb designed to offer the following features:
Use Temperatures up to 350oF High Thermal Conductivity Flame Resistant Excellent Moisture and Corrosion Resistance Fungi Resistant Low Weight/High Strength
Standard core thickness 28mm (alternative core thicknesses are available to suit span and wind loading criteria)
Panel Supports Panels to be fixed via aluminium cleats direct to structural steel frame.
Structural support Structural Steelwork Framing to fins by others.
Joints: Nominal 15mm recessed Horizontal.
FIXING CLADDING
P2.1 Structure: All primary structure is the responsibility of others. Contractors should note the following:- The primary structure should be designed to take all loads imposed by the cladding system.
In order to achieve an acceptable elevational line on the finished facade the tolerances of the primary structure must be considered.
The primary structure must be within tolerance before handover to following trades.
P2.6 Manufacturer/Installers: The system, manufactured by PSP LTD, must be detailed and installed by a PSP Approved Installation Contractor.
P2.6.1 Design: All design details/specifications are to be approved by Architect/Agent before manufacture. 2
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC H31 METAL PROFILED/ FLAT SHEET CLADDING/ COVERING
P2.6.2 Production Information: Drawings and manufacturing information will be prepared, based upon information provided under P2.6 standard specifications and details (non-project specific) are available on request.
P2.7 MANUFACTURING ACCURACY
P2.7.1 Finished dimensions of completed units to be such that the cladding, when erected, complies with clause P2.8.1 and all sizes fall within the indicated permissible deviations.
P2.8 SYSTEM TOLERANCES
P2.8.1 PANELS
1. Permitted deviation of overall panel width +1.5mm - 1.5mm 2. Permitted deviation in panel length For panel lengths up to 2400mm +1.5mm -1.5mm For panel lengths over 2400mm +2mm - 2mm 3. Maximum permitted deviation in length of two opposite sides of panels + 1mm - 1mm 4. Squareness of panels:
When the longest of two adjacent sides of panel is taken as the base line, the deviation of the shorter side measured from a perpendicular to the baseline shall not exceed. +1.5mm -1.5mm
5. Flatness: The cellular honeycomb core is cut to ± 0.2mm tolerance, which provides an exceptionally flat surface for skin bonding. This method of composite assembly provides extreme optical panel flatness.
To establish panel flatness, panels should be measured under ambient factory temperature and humidity. The tolerances do not take into account any thermal expansion or contraction.
Manufacture Metal skins are coated with a non-flammable, two part polyurethane based laminating adhesive, which has a low viscosity and provides foaming to ensure maximum coverage is achieved. The adhesive is applied by an automated diamond bead application system which has a co-ordinated conveyor-feed system to ensure all items achieve consistent coverage. The core is positioned between the metal skins and the assembly is structurally bonded within a heated platen press.
3
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC H31 METAL PROFILED/ FLAT SHEET CLADDING/ COVERING
P4.1 FASTENINGS GENERALLY: Type(s), size(s), material(s) and finish(s) as specified, or in the absence of such specification, as recommended for the purpose by fixing specialist, as recommended in BS 5427, clause 23.
P4.2 SUB-STRUCTURE: Contractors should note the following:-
The sub-structure should be designed to transfer all loads back to the primary structure. In order to achieve an acceptable elevational line on the finished facade, the tolerances between the sub-structure and the primary structure must be considered and a means of adjustment should be incorporated. Secondary steelwork tolerance must be ± 5mm. The sub-structure must be within tolerance before the installation of the cladding system.
TECHNICAL INFORMATION AND SPECIFICATIONS STATED WITHIN THIS DOCUMENT ARE A GENERAL GUIDE ONLY AND ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. PSP Ltd DO NOT ACCEPT RESPONSIBILITY FOR ERRORS OR FOR ANY INFORMATION FOUND TO BE MISLEADING. PLEASE CHECK WITH PSP Ltd TO CONFIRM INDIVIDUAL PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS/ PREPARATORY WORK
210 DESIGN - Cladding system and associated features: Complete detailed design in accordance with this specification and the preliminary design drawings and submit before commencement of fabrication. - Related works: Coordinate in detailed design.
220 SPECIFICATION - Compliance standards: The Centre for Window and Cladding Technology (CWCT) ‘Standard for systemised building envelopes’. - Reference information: For the duration of the contract, keep available at the design office, workshop and on site copies of: - The Centre for Window and Cladding Technology (CWCT) ‘Standard for systemised building envelopes’. - Publications invoked by the CWCT ‘Standard for systemised building envelopes’.
230 INFORMATION TO BE PROVIDED DURING DETAILED DESIGN - Submit the following cladding particulars: - A schedule of detailed drawings and dates for submission for comment. - A schedule of loads that will be transmitted from the rainscreen cladding to the structure. - Proposed fixing details and systems relevant to the structural design and construction with methods of adjustment and tolerances. - A schedule of fabrication tolerances/ size tolerances.
4
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC H31 METAL PROFILED/ FLAT SHEET CLADDING/ COVERING
- A detailed testing programme in compliance with the Main Contract master programme. - A detailed fabrication and installation programme in compliance with the Main Contract master programme. - Proposals to support outstanding applications for Building Regulation consents or relaxations.
232 Quality plan - Requirement: Submit during detailed design. - Content: In accordance with BS 5750 and including the following: - Name of the quality manager. - Quality assessment procedures. - Inspection procedures to be adopted in checking the work. - Stages at which check lists will be used and samples of the lists. - List of work procedures on the correct use of materials or components, both off site and on site. - List of product information with latest revisions. - Subcontractors involved in the work. - Subcontractors quality plans. - Storage, handling, transport and protection procedures. - Procedure for registering and reporting non compliances. - Maintenance procedures and calibration records. - Certification that completed work complies with specification. - Check list register to ensure all items have been inspected and non compliances discharged.
235 INFORMATION TO BE PROVIDED BEFORE COMMENCEMENT OF TESTING OR MANUFACTURE OF RAINSCREEN CLADDING SYSTEM - Submit the following cladding particulars: - Detailed drawings to fully describe fabrication and installation. - Detailed calculations to prove compliance with design/ performance requirements. - Project specific fabrication, handling and installation method statements. - Certification for incorporated components manufactured by others confirming their suitability for proposed locations in the rainscreen cladding. - Recommendations for spare parts for future repairs or replacements. - Recommendations for safe dismantling and recycling or disposal of products.
250 SAMPLES OF FIXINGS - General: During detailed design, submit labelled samples of each type of fixing, together with manufacturers' recommended torque figures.
260 FABRICATION SAMPLES - General: During detailed design, submit samples of: Typical honeycomb panel and sill flashing Obtain approval of appearance before proceeding.
5
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC H31 METAL PROFILED/ FLAT SHEET CLADDING/ COVERING
DESIGN/ PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
310 CWCT 'STANDARD FOR SYSTEMISED BUILDING ENVELOPES' - General: Unless specified or agreed otherwise comply with: Part 2 - Loads, fixings and movement. Part 3 - Air, water and wind resistance. Part 4 - Operable components, additional elements and means of access. Part 5 - Thermal, moisture and acoustic performance. Part 6 - Fire performance. Part 7 - Robustness, durability, tolerances and workmanship. - Project performance requirements specified in this subsection: Read in conjunction with CWCT performance requirements.
335 INTEGRITY OF VENTILATED RAINSCREEN CLAD WALLS - Requirement: Determine sizes and thickness of panels, sizes, number and spacing of fixings, configuration and location of secondary support systems and incorporation of other accessories and fittings to ensure the cladding system, primary support structure and other elements forming the rainscreen wall will resist factored dead, imposed and design live loads, and accommodate deflections and movements without damage. - Wind loads: Calculate to BS 6399-2 appropriate to location, exposure, height, building shape and size, taking account of existing and known future adjacent structures. - Hard body impact loads to BS 8200: - Location and category: All areas - Soft body impact loads to BS EN 14019: Location and classification: All areas - Temporary imposed loads: All areas
350 DEFLECTION UNDER WIND LOAD - Requirement: For listed components, at positive and negative applications of the design wind pressure, normal deflections are not to exceed: To Contractors Determination - Additional stiffness to CWCT ‘Standard for systemised building envelopes’ clause 3.5.4.2: To Contractors Determination
360 WIND RESISTANCE - CYCLIC LOADING - Requirement: No reduction in the integrity of the rainscreen cladding must occur when subjected to the test sequence given in CWCT ‘Standard for systemised building envelopes’, clause 8.14.6. - Test method: As clause 665.
370 APPEARANCE AND FIT - Requirement: Design rainscreen wall: - To ensure position and alignment of all parts and features as shown on preliminary design drawings. - To accommodate deviations in the primary support structure. - Primary support structure: Before commencing installation of rainscreen cladding system, carry out survey sufficient to verify that required accuracy of erection can be achieved.
6
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC H31 METAL PROFILED/ FLAT SHEET CLADDING/ COVERING
- Give notice: If the structure will not allow the required accuracy or security of erection.
380 GENERAL MOVEMENT - Requirement: Rainscreen cladding must accommodate anticipated building movements as follows: To Structural Engineers Determination
385 THERMAL MOVEMENT - SERVICE TEMPERATURE RANGES - Requirement: To CWCT ‘Standard for systemised building envelopes’ clause 2.7.2
420 WATER PENETRATION - Watertightness class to BS EN 12154 - Peak test pressure: To CWCT table 1.1
425 Wind load serviceability and safety of rainscreen panels - cyclic wind loading - Method of determination: To CWCT standard for systemised building envelopes
495 DURABILITY - Relevant agents or degradation mechanisms: Coastal situation - Design life of the rainscreen cladding system: Not less than 50 years - Secondary components: Submit details together with required maintenance regime, replacement periods and methods of replacement.
497 LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM - Cladding components used as part of lightning protection system: To Engineers Determination
TESTING
520 PROJECT TESTING (SITE) - Timing of testing: At an agreed stage during preliminary installation on site arrange for testing of a section of rainscreen cladding in accordance with relevant clauses of this specification. - Continuation of installation of general areas of rainscreen cladding: Not until site test results and reports showing compliance with this specification have been submitted.
530 TESTING AUTHORITY - Requirement: Project testing must be carried out by a United Kingdom Accreditation Service (UKAS) approved independent laboratory.
535 TESTING AUTHORITY - Requirement: Project testing must be carried out by the rainscreen cladding manufacturer/ contractor and is to be witnessed and certified by: agreed with CA
665 WIND LOAD FATIGUE TEST, SMALL SPECIMEN - Requirement: To CWCT ‘Standard for systemised building envelopes’, ‘Standard test methods for building envelopes’ Section 14. 7
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC H31 METAL PROFILED/ FLAT SHEET CLADDING/ COVERING
- Test sequence: to be agreed with CA - Effective wind pressure: As clause 360.
672 SITE TESTING OF FIXINGS - Requirement: To CWCT ‘Standard for systemised building envelope’, ‘Standard test methods for building envelopes’ Section 19. - Type of test: Serviceability - Peak load: 1.5 times design load - Number and location of test fixings: To be agreed with CA
PRODUCTS
710 ALUMINIUM ALLOY FRAMING SECTIONS - Standards: To BS EN 755 alloy EN AW-6063 and suitable for the specified finish. - Structural members: To comply with BS 8118.
712 ALUMINIUM ALLOY SHEET - Standards: To BS EN 485, BS EN 515 and BS EN 573. - Alloy, temper and thickness: Suitable for the application and specified finish.
715 CARBON STEEL FRAMING SECTIONS/ REINFORCEMENT - Standards: To the relevant parts of BS 7668, BS EN 10029, BS EN 10025, and BS EN 10210. - Thickness: Suitable for the application, and for galvanizing or other protective coating.
730 MECHANICAL FIXINGS - MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS - Stainless steel: To BS EN ISO 3506 grade A2 generally, grade A4 when used in severely corrosive environments. - Carbon steel: To BS 4190 and suitable for galvanizing or other protective coating. - Aluminium: To BS EN 755.
732 ADHESIVES - General: Not degradable by moisture or water vapour.
735 FIXINGS AND FASTENERS - Type and use: Reviewed and approved by manufacturers. Submit confirmatory information on request. - Dimensions: Not less than recommended by their manufacturers. - Adjustment capability: Sufficient in three dimensions to accommodate primary support structure and rainscreen cladding fabrication/ installation tolerances.
FINISHES
810 PROTECTIVE COATING OF CARBON STEEL FRAMING SECTIONS/ REINFORCEMENT - Treatment: All surfaces to one of the following: 8
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC H31 METAL PROFILED/ FLAT SHEET CLADDING/ COVERING
- Hot dip galvanized to BS EN ISO 1461. - An appropriate equivalent coating to BS 5493, BS EN ISO 12944 and BS EN ISO 14713.
820 PROTECTIVE COATING OF CARBON STEEL MECHANICAL FIXINGS - Treatment: All surfaces to one of the following: - Hot dip galvanized to BS EN ISO 1461. - Sherardized to BS 4921, class 1 coating thickness and passivated. - Zinc plated to BS EN 12329, coating designation of FE//Zn//C for an iridescent (yellow passivate) chromate conversion coating or FE//Zn//D for an opaque (olive green) chromate conversion coating.
830 POWDER COATING - Requirement: As section Z31.
840 ANODIZING - Requirement: As section Z33. - 850 Polyvinylidene fluoride (pvdf) coating - Standards: To BS 4842, AAMA 2604-05 or AAMA 2605-05, subject to minimum coating thicknesses recommended by the manufacturer on all significant surfaces. - Applicator: Contractors determination Product reference: Contractors determination - Process: Prepare base metals, prime, PVDF coat, test samples, protect components and repair damage in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. - Sequence: Wherever possible, apply coatings after fabrication is complete. - Fabrication of prefinished lengths: Submit proposals beforehand. - Uncoated edges: Invisible in completed assemblies.
FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION
910 GENERALLY - Electrolytic corrosion: Take necessary measures to prevent. - Identification of products: Mark or tag to facilitate identification during assembly, handling, storage and installation. Do not mark surfaces visible in the complete installation.
912 METALWORK - Requirement: As section Z11, unless specified otherwise in this section.
920 GLAZING - Requirement: As section L40, unless specified otherwise in this section. - Directional patterned/ wired glass: Fix generally parallel to surround and align adjacent panes where seen together at close quarters.
922 FIXINGS/ ADHESIVES APPLICATION - Requirement: As section Z20, unless specified otherwise in this section. 9
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC H31 METAL PROFILED/ FLAT SHEET CLADDING/ COVERING
925 SEALANT APPLICATION - Requirement: As section Z22, unless specified otherwise in this section.
930 ASSEMBLY - Location: Carry out as much assembly as possible in the workshop. - Joints: Other than movement joints and designed open joints, must be rigidly secured, reinforced where necessary and fixed with hairline abutments. - Displacement of components in assembled units: Submit proposals for reassembly on site.
960 PRELIMINARY CLADDING INSTALLATION - Requirement: Complete an area of cladding as set out below for inspection and approval of appearance. Eest facade adjacent to existing flint building
970 CLADDING INSTALLATION - Tightening mechanical fasteners: To manufacturer's recommended torque figures. Do not overtighten fasteners intended to permit differential movement. - Protective coverings: Remove only where necessary to facilitate installation and from surfaces which will be inaccessible on completion.
975 WELDING - In situ welding: Not allowed
985 Damage - Repairs: Do not repair cladding without approval. - Approval: Will not be given where the proposed repair will impair performance or appearance. - Record of repairs: Prepare schedule or record on drawings for inclusion in the maintenance manual.
995 Maintenance - Maintenance manual: Incorporate details within the Building Manual in accordance with CWCT ‘Standard for systemised building envelopes’ clause 7.6.1.
10
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
L10 WINDOWS/ ROOFLIGHTS/ SCREENS/ LOUVRES
To be read with Preliminaries/ General conditions.
GENERAL INFORMATION/ REQUIREMENTS
110 EVIDENCE OF PERFORMANCE - Certification: Provide independently certified evidence that all incorporated components comply with specified performance requirements.
120 SITE DIMENSIONS - Procedure: Before starting work on designated items take site dimensions, record on shop drawings and use to ensure accurate fabrication.
COMPONENTS
330 ALUMINIUM WINDOWS - Refer to section H11 for details of windows which are the same detail as curtain walling. - Standard: To BS 4873. - Operation and strength characteristics: To BS 6375-2. - Finish as delivered: Polyester powder coated as section Z31
550 GLAZED METAL FR SCREENS TO INTERNAL CORRIDORS - Refer to section H11 for details of screen which are similar specification as curtain walling.. - Materials and workmanship: As section Z11. - Frame members: Aluminium. Finish: Polyester powder coated as section Z31. - Jointing: welded. - Glazing details: Double glazed unit to provide 30 mins fire resistance. - Other requirements: gaps around frame as clause 790.
560 GLAZED METAL SCREEN TO ENTRANCE LOBBY - Refer to section H11 for details of screen which are similar specification as curtain walling. - Location: Inner glazed screen to entrance lobby. - Materials and workmanship: As section Z11. - Frame members: Aluminium. Finish: Polyester powder coated as section Z31. - Jointing: welded. - Glazing details: Single glazed toughened glass.
650 ALUMINIUM LOUVRES FOR PLANTROOMS AND LOUVRED STRIP ON INTERNAL CORRIDORS Manufacturer: SCHÜCO International KG, Whitehall Avenue,
Kingston, Tel: 01908 282 111
Milton Keynes, Fax: 01908 282 124
MK10 0AL Website: www.schueco.co.uk Or equal and approved - Product reference: Contoured louvres - Material: Aluminium - Finish as delivered: Polyester powder coated, RAL colour to be selected. - Louvre blade pitch and angle: 50mm contoured ventilation louver mounted on mullions fixed to structure with adjustable stainless steel cleats. Blade pitch 50mm. - Accessories/ Other requirements: Bird/insect mesh. 670 SHADING DEVICES – Type CW5 - Manufacturer: SCHÜCO International KG, - Product reference: Schuco Sun Control. Or equal and approved - Materials/ Finish as delivered: All aluminium extrusions to be powder coated in a colour to be selected. The polyester powder coating is to carry a 25 year warranty, subject to an agreed cleaning strategy. - Louvre blades: One piece, aluminium extrusions, for sizes refer to drawings, installed at a 45 degree angle, at a pitch to be defined be the M & E consultant. - Side support arms: Profile cut aluminium plates covering the full blade depth. - Mounting brackets: Individual blades to fix to supporting structure by means of profile cut end caps. - Fasteners: All fixings to be A4 grade stainless steel. - Accessories/ Special features: System to be complete with support structure comprising horizontally projecting members attached to columns at suitable centres. Structure to be capable of taking all design wind loads imposed on it, fixed to cast in halfen channel on the building façade and to suitable pad foundations at ground floor level. Side support arms to be fixed in halfen channel within flank wall.
- Fixing: To manufacturers recommendations. Contractor to submit details.
INSTALLATION
710 PROTECTION OF COMPONENTS - General: Do not deliver to site components that cannot be installed immediately or placed in clean, dry floored and covered storage. - Stored components: Stack vertical or near vertical on level bearers, separated with spacers to prevent damage by and to projecting ironmongery, beads, etc.
730 PRIMING/ SEALING - Wood surfaces inaccessible after installation: Prime or seal as specified before fixing components.
740 CORROSION PROTECTION - Protective coating: Two coats of bitumen solution to BS 6949 or an approved mastic impregnated tape. - Timing of application: Before fixing components.
750 BUILDING IN - General: Not permitted unless indicated on drawings. - Brace and protect components to prevent distortion and damage during construction of adjacent structure.
765 WINDOW INSTALLATION GENERALLY - Installation: Into prepared openings. - Gap between frame edge and surrounding construction: - Minimum: As recommended by manufacturer - Maximum: As recommended by manufacturer - Distortion: Install windows without twist or diagonal racking.
782 FIXING OF ALUMINIUM FRAMES - Standard: As section Z20. - Fasteners: As recommended by manufacturer - Spacing: When not predrilled or specified otherwise, position fasteners not more than 250 mm from ends of each jamb, adjacent to each hanging point of opening lights, and at maximum 600 mm centres.
784 FIXING OF COMPOSITE FRAMES - Standard: As section Z20. - Fasteners: As recommended by manufacturer - Spacing: When not predrilled or specified otherwise, position fasteners not more than 150 mm from ends of each jamb, adjacent to each hanging point of opening lights, and at maximum 600 mm centres.
790 FIRE RESISTING FRAMES - Gap between back of frame and reveal: Completely fill with intumescent mastic.
800 BACKFILLING OF STEEL FRAME SECTIONS - Windows fixed direct into openings: After fixing, fill back of steel frame with waterproof cement fillet.
810 SEALANT JOINTS - Application: As section Z22 to prepared joints. Finish triangular fillets to a flat or slightly convex profile.
820 IRONMONGERY - Fixing: Assemble and fix carefully and accurately using fasteners with matching finish supplied by ironmongery manufacturer. Do not damage ironmongery and adjacent surfaces. - Checking/ Adjusting/ Lubricating: Carry out at completion and ensure correct functioning.
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC L20 DOORS/ SHUTTERS/ HATCHES
L20 DOORS/ SHUTTERS/ HATCHES
To be read in conjunction with General Requirements.
PRELIMINARY INFORMATION/ REQUIREMENTS
110 EVIDENCE OF PERFORMANCE - Certification: Provide independently certified evidence that all incorporated components comply with specified performance requirements.
115 FIRE RESISTING DOORS/ DOORSETS/ ASSEMBLIES - Certification: Provide evidence, in the form of a product conformity certificate, test report or engineering assessment, that each door/ doorset/ assembly supplied will comply with the specified requirements for fire resistance if tested to BS 476- 22, BS EN 1634-1 or BS EN 1634-3. Such certification must cover door and frame materials, glass and glazing materials and their installation, essential and ancillary ironmongery, hinges and seals.
150 SITE DIMENSIONS - Procedure: Before starting work on designated items take site dimensions, record on shop drawings and use to ensure accurate fabrication.
COMPONENTS
230 VENEER WOOD FLUSH DOORS AND FRAMES - Manufacturer & product reference: - LS Group Ltd - Milnhay Road Langley Mill Nottingham NG16 4AZ United Kingdom Tel: 0870 2400 666 Fax: 0870 2400 777 or equal and approved - Door type: Solid core veneer faced flush door. - Facings: Crown cut maple veneer. - Lippings: Maple to match veneer . - Finish as delivered: Pre-finished . - Glazing details: as clause L40/250 where required as noted on schedule. - Other requirements: Ironmongery as detailed on schedule.
232 VENEER WOOD FLUSH DOORS AND FRAMES: FIRE RATED - Manufacturer & product reference: LS Group Ltd - Door type: Solid core veneer faced flush door. - Fire resistance: FD20/FD20S as noted on general arrangement drawings. - Facings: Crown cut maple veneer. - Lippings: Maple to match veneer .
1
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC L20 DOORS/ SHUTTERS/ HATCHES
- Finish as delivered: Pre-finished . - Glazing details: as clause L40/250 where required as noted on schedule. - Other requirements: Ironmongery as detailed on schedule.
270 ALUMINIUM EXTERNAL DOORS AND FRAMES - Manufacturer & product reference: Doors form part of curtain wall system see section H11 - Finish as delivered: As section Z31. - Internal colour/texture: RAL 80% gloss/20% matt. - External colour/texture: RAL 80% gloss/20% matt. - Ironmongery: As schedule. - Perimeter seals: Polypropylene backed woven pile to outside with silicone rubber flipper seal to inside. - Other requirements: Push pad emergency release, anti finger trap stiles and provision of concealed wireways in frame for security contacts. - Fixing: refer to section H11.
481 GLAZED DOORSET TO GLAZED SCREENS: - Manufacturer & product reference: Doors form part of curtain wall system see section H11 - Finish as delivered: As section Z31. - Internal colour/texture: White RAL 9010 80% gloss/20% matt. - External colour/texture: RAL 80% gloss/20% matt. - Glazing details: As clause H11/110. - Ironmongery: As schedule. - Perimeter seals: Polypropylene backed woven pile to outside with silicone rubber flipper seal to inside. - Other requirements: Push pad emergency release, anti finger trap stiles and provision of concealed wireways in frame for security contacts. - Fixing: refer to section H11.
INSTALLATION
710 PROTECTION OF COMPONENTS - General: Do not deliver to site components that cannot be installed immediately or placed in clean, dry, floored and covered storage. - Stored components: Stacked on level bearers, separated with spacers to prevent damage by and to projecting ironmongery, beads, etc.
730 PRIMING/ SEALING - Timber surfaces inaccessible after installation: Primed or sealed as specified before fixing components.
750 FIXING DOORSETS - Timing: After rooms have been made weathertight and the work of wet trades is finished and dried out.
760 BUILDING IN - General: Not permitted unless indicated on drawings.
2
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC L20 DOORS/ SHUTTERS/ HATCHES
780 DAMP PROOF COURSES IN PREPARED OPENINGS - Location: Correctly positioned in relation to door frames. Do not displace during fixing operations.
790 FIXING OF WOOD FRAMES - Spacing of fixings (frames not predrilled): 150 mm from ends of each jamb and at 600 mm maximum centres.
800 FIXING OF LOOSE THRESHOLDS - Spacing of fixings: 150 mm from each end and at 600 mm maximum centres.
810 FIRE RESISTING AND/ OR SMOKE CONTROL DOORS/ DOORSETS - Gaps between frames and supporting construction: Filled as necessary in accordance with requirements for certification and/ or door/ doorset manufacturer's instructions.
820 SEALANT JOINTS - Sealant: - Manufacturer & product reference: Contractor’s choice . - Colour: To match adjacent finishes . - Application: As section Z22 to prepared joints. Triangular fillets finished to a flat or slightly convex profile.
830 FIXING IRONMONGERY GENERALLY - Fasteners: Supplied by ironmongery manufacturer. - Finish/ Corrosion resistance: To match ironmongery. - Holes for components: No larger than required for satisfactory fit/ operation. - Adjacent surfaces: Undamaged. - Moving parts: Adjusted, lubricated and functioning correctly at completion.
840 FIXING IRONMONGERY TO FIRE RESISTING DOOR ASSEMBLIES - General: All items fixed in accordance with door leaf manufacturer's recommendations ensuring that integrity of the assembly, as established by testing, is not compromised. - Holes for through fixings and components: Accurately cut. - Clearances: Not more than 8 mm unless protected by intumescent paste or similar. - Lock/ Latch cases for FD60 doors: Coated with intumescent paint or paste before installation.
850 LOCATION OF HINGES - Primary hinges: Where not specified otherwise, positioned with centre lines 250 mm from top and bottom of door leaf. - Third hinge: Where specified, positioned as indicated on drawings. - Hinges for fire resisting doors: Positioned in accordance with door leaf manufacturer's recommendations.
860 INSTALLATION OF EMERGENCY EXIT DEVICES - Standard: Unless specified otherwise, install panic bolts/ latches in accordance with BS EN 1125. 3
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC L20 DOORS/ SHUTTERS/ HATCHES
4
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC L40 GENERAL GLAZING
L40 GENERAL GLAZING
To be read in conjunction with General Requirements.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
111 PREGLAZING of components will be permitted, but: - Precautions to be taken to prevent displacement of glazing or compound during delivery and installation. Submit details to the CA. - Components with any displaced glazing or compound or with defective seals to be reglazed in situ.
112 SAFETY GLASS - All internal glazed screens shall conform to BS 6206 Impact Performance Requirements for safety glass.
151 PREPARATION - Surrounds, rebates, grooves and beads: Cleaned and prepared by others.
155 GLASS GENERALLY - Standards: To BS 952 and relevant parts of: - BS EN 572 for basic soda lime silicate glass. - BS EN 1096 for coated glass. - BS EN 1748-1 for borosilicate glass. - BS EN 1748-2 for ceramic glass. - BS EN 1863 for heat strengthened soda lime silicate glass. - BS EN 12150 for thermally toughened soda lime silicate safety glass. - BS EN 12337 for chemically strengthened soda lime silicate glass. - BS EN 13024 for thermally toughened borosilicate safety glass. - BS EN ISO 12543 for laminated glass and laminated safety glass. - Panes/ sheets: Clean and free from obvious scratches, bubbles, cracks, rippling, dimples and other defects. - Edges: Generally undamaged. Shells and chips not more than 2 mm deep and extending not more than 5 mm across the surface are acceptable if ground out.
160 LINEAR PATTERNED/ WIRED GLASS - Alignment: Vertical/ Horizontal as appropriate, and pattern matched across adjacent panes in close proximity.
165 HEAT SOAKING OF THERMALLY TOUGHENED GLASS - Heat soaking regime: Glass to be fixed in designated locations must be subjected to a heat soaking regime designed to reduce the incidence of failure due to nickel sulfide inclusions. - Heat soaking period (minimum): 2 hours . - Mean glass temperature: 290 ±10°C. - Certified evidence of treatment: Submit. - Designated locations: As indicated on drawings 04470/CD/010 & 04470/CD/011 .
180 BEAD FIXING WITH PINS
1
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC L40 GENERAL GLAZING
- Pin spacing: Regular at maximum 150 mm centres, and within 50 mm of each corner. - Exposed pin heads: Punched just below wood surface.
181 BEAD FIXING WITH SCREWS - Screw spacing: Regular at maximum 225 mm centres, and within 75 mm of each corner.
190 GLASS TO GLASS JOINTING IN FIRE RATED SCREENS - Sealant: Translucent intumescent silicone selected to BS 6213:2000 and as recommended for the purpose by the manufacturer. - Joints: - Fire rating: half hour integrity and insulation. - Width: Consistent and suitable to receive sealant. - Gap between panes: Completely filled, leaving no voids or bubbles. - Surplus sealant: Removed to leave a clean, neatly finished weathertight joint.
TYPES OF GLAZING
250 BEAD FIXED SINGLE GLAZING TO FIRE RESISTANT DOORS - Pane material: Unwired with 30 minutes fire resistance (integrity only) to Contractor’s specification. - Surround/ bead: Hardwood flush bead to match door. - Preparation: Factory glazed. - Bead location: Fixed on one side. - Bead fixing: Screw and flush cup. - Glazing system: - Tape: As used by manufacturer. - Bead bedding sealant: As used by manufacturer. - Capping sealant: As used by manufacturer. - Glazing installation: - Glass: Located centrally in surround using setting and location blocks. - Glazing tape: Top edge approximately 6 mm short of sight line on external side of glazing, to allow for capping sealant. Corners butt jointed with no gaps. - Thickness of glazing tape bed (minimum): 3 mm on both sides of glazing after compression. - Beads: Bedded in sealant, pressed firmly into position to compress tape, and fixed securely. - Excess tape on internal side: Carefully trimmed to a smooth chamfer. - Capping sealant: Applied to fill void between bead and glazing and finished to a smooth chamfer.
370 BEAD FIXED INSULATING GLASS UNITS TO CASEMENT WINDOW INSERTS TO CURTAIN WALLING SYSTEM - Pane material: As clause H11/110. - Glazing system: Gasket . - Glazing installation: - Insulating unit: Located centrally in surround using setting and location blocks. - Gaskets and beads: Installed as recommended by frame manufacturer. Gasket fit at corners: Tight, without gaps. 2
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC L40 GENERAL GLAZING
- Drainage and ventilation holes: Unobstructed.
511 FIRE RESISTANT CHANNEL GLAZING PERIMETER FRAMED GLAZED SCREENS - Location: Refer to drawing. - Fire resistance rating: 30 minutes integrity and insulation. - Pane material: 21 mm laminated. - Perimeter frame system: NF1 all glass screen with perimeter frame . - Fire resistant frame: Steel hollow frame profile . - Dimensions: 50 mm x 20 mm frame section. - Intumescent aperture lining/ filler: To manufacturer’s specification. - Frame finish: Polyester powder coated to section Z31. - Colour / texture: White RAL 9010 80% gloss, 20% matt. - Installation: By a firm currently registered under a UKAS certified accreditation scheme for the installation of fire resistant glazing, in accordance with glazing manufacturer’s recommendations.
520 FIRE RATING - Assessment of capability: Submit proposed construction details of designated items to a UKAS/ NAMAS accredited laboratory or other approved authority for assessment of capability of achieving specified fire ratings. - Specimens of construction (if required): Prepared in accordance with BS 476-20, appendix A3, and submitted for testing to BS 476-22. - Assessment/ test results and reports: Submit immediately they are available, and before installing glazing.
550 GLASS MIRRORS GENERALLY - Mirror material: Float glass, silvered to give maximum reflection, free from tarnishing, discoloration, scratches and other defects visible in the designed viewing conditions. - Thickness: 6 mm . - Backing: Lead foil. - Edge treatment: 6 mm polished bevelled. - Background: Plastered / plasterboard. - Fixing method: Double sided self-adhesive pads at 400 mm centres. - Installation: Fixed accurately and securely without overtightening fasteners, to provide a flat surface giving a distortion free reflection.
610 WINDOW FILM FOR MANIFESTATIONS - Manufacturer: To contractor’s specification: . - Colour: Etched finish. - Application: Carried out by a firm approved by the film manufacturer in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. - Evidence of applicator’s competence and experience: Submit on request. - Sample area: Complete as part of the finished work, in an approved location and obtain approval of appearance before proceeding. - Ambient air temperature at time of application: Above 5°C. - Installed film: Fully adhered to the glass with no peeling, and free from bubbles, wrinkles, cracks or tears. - Further contact with applied films: Avoid until bonding adhesive has cured. 3
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC L40 GENERAL GLAZING
- Cleaning and maintenance instructions: Submit copies.
4
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC P20 UNFRAMED ISOLATED TRIMS/ SKIRTINGS/ SUNDRY ITEMS
P20 UNFRAMED ISOLATED TRIMS/ SKIRTINGS/ SUNDRY ITEMS
To be read in conjunction with General Requirements.
TRIMS/ CASINGS
110 SOFTWOOD SKIRTINGS FOR PAINTING: - Quality of wood and fixing: To BS 1186-3. - Species: Contractors choice but to be suitable for paint finish. - Class: 2. - Moisture content at time of fixing: 9-13% - Preservative treatment: Not required. - Profile: Rectangular with eased arises. - Finished size: 150 x 19 mm. - Finish as delivered: primed. - Fixing: pellet plug and screw to masonry and jack point s/s to metal studs.
115 SOFTWOOD ARCHITRAVE FOR PAINTING: - Quality of wood and fixing: To BS 1186-3. - Species: Contractors choice but to be suitable for paint finish. - Class: 2. - Moisture content at time of fixing: 9-13% - Preservative treatment: Not required - Profile: Rectangular with eased arises. - Finished size: 75mm x 19mm. - Finish as delivered: primed. - Fixing: glue and pin.
INSTALLATION
510 INSTALLATION GENERALLY - Joinery workmanship: As section Z10. - Metal workmanship: As section Z11. - Methods of fixing and fasteners: Unless specified as section Z20. - Straight runs: To be in one piece, or in long lengths with as few joints as possible. - Running joints: Location and method of forming to be agreed where not detailed. - Joints at angles: Mitre unless shown otherwise. - Position and level: To be agreed where not detailed.
1
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC P21 DOOR/ WINDOW IRONMONGERY
P21 DOOR/ WINDOW IRONMONGERY
To be read in conjunction with General Requirements.
PRE-TENDER
010 QUANTITIES AND LOCATIONS - Quantities and locations of ironmongery are as set out in the generic ironmongery schedule. - Fixing: As sections L10 and L20.
GENERALLY
120 IRONMONGERY FROM SINGLE PROPRIETARY RANGE TO ALL DOORS
- Manufacturer: Algood PLC 297 Euston Road, London, NW1 3AQ Tel: 0207 387 9951 Fax: 0207 380 1232 Email: [email protected] Web: www.allgood.co.uk
- Unless specified otherwise, select ironmongery from one coordinated range so far as possible. Where particular items are unavailable within the range, alternatives compatible in performance, design, style, material, colour and finish may be submitted for approval. - Inform CA of selected range, manufacturer and/or supplier. - Principal material/finish: satin stainless steel and / satin anodised aluminium.
140 SAMPLES - General: Before placing orders with suppliers submit labelled samples of items as requested. - Conformity: Retain samples on site for the duration of the contract. Ensure conformity of ironmongery as delivered with labelled samples.
170 IRONMONGERY FOR FIRE DOORS: Unless specified otherwise, select ironmongery to comply with the recommendations of the Association of Builders' Hardware Manufacturers Code of practice 'Hardware for Timber Fire and Escape Doors'.
DOOR HANGING DEVICES
320 DOOR HINGES TO INTERNAL DOORS - Type: Butt hinge. - Size: 100 x 75mm. - Material/ finish: Brushed satin stainless steel. - Other requirements: Provide 3 no. hinges to each leaf unless otherwise specified.
321 DOOR HINGES TO EXTERNAL DOORS 1
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC P21 DOOR/ WINDOW IRONMONGERY
- Type: Butt hinge. - Size: To suit 926 x 2040 mm door blank with 18mm weather board cladding giving an overall leaf thickness of 62 mm. - Material/ finish: Brushed satin stainless steel. - Other requirements: Provide 3 no. hinges to each leak unless otherwise specified.
DOOR OPERATING DEVICES
410 OVERHEAD DOOR CLOSERS TO INTERNAL DOORS. - Standard: To BS EN 1154. - Door closing devices to fire/ smoke control doors: CE marked. - Type: Face fixed. - Power size: Adjustable 3-4. - Other functions: Adjustable back check & latching feature. - Casing finish: Satin finish stainless steel. - Operational adjustment: - Variable power: Matched to size, weight and location of doors. - Latched doors: Override latches and/ or door seals when fitted. - Unlatched doors: Hold shut under normal working conditions. - Closing against smoke seals of fire doors: Positive. No gaps.
411 OVERHEAD DOOR CLOSERS TO EXTERNAL DOORS. - Standard: To BS EN 1154. - Door closing devices to fire/ smoke control doors: CE marked. - Type: Face fixed. - Power size: Adjustable 2-6. - Other functions: Adjustable back check & latching feature. - Casing finish: Satin finish stainless steel. - Operational adjustment: - Variable power: Matched to size, weight and location of doors. - Latched doors: Override latches and/ or door seals when fitted. - Unlatched doors: Hold shut under normal working conditions. - Closing against smoke seals of fire doors: Positive. No gaps.
DOOR SECURING DEVICES
515 LOCKS MORTISE CYLINDER - To BS 5872. Category: B. - Method of operation: eurprofile cylinder.
530 LATCHES: - To BS 5872. - Latch springs must be strong enough to prevent unsprung lever handles drooping.
540 SPECIAL FUNCTION DOOR LOCKS - Standard fix with spreader bracket fixed to head frame. Sprayed silver finish to bracket. 2
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC P21 DOOR/ WINDOW IRONMONGERY
- 12V DC 1.5 amp power supply with 7.0 amp battery back up. Supply box linked fire alarm panel. Entry relay and adjustable delay timer to be included. - Client supply card reader on stair landing side. - Flush wall mounted momentary release push button on corridor side fitted with satin stainless steel cover plate.
542 HINGE BOLTS - Material/ finish: Brushed satin stainless steel.
550 LOCKS/LATCHES FOR FIRE RESISTING DOORS: - Must not compromise the fire performance of the door and must be approved for the purpose by the door leaf manufacturer. - Components critical to the retention of the door in a closed position must not have a melting point lower than 800°C.
560 ESCAPE LOCKS: Locks specified for security purposes on escape routes must be fitted with a means of withdrawing the bolt without use of a key.
571 EMERGENCY EXIT DEVICE - Standard: To BS EN 179. - Emergency exit devices for locked doors on escape routes: CE marked. - Type: Touchbar with reversible Pullman latch. - Material/ finish: Sprayed silver. - Additional requirements: door open alarm kit .
582 DOOR FLUSH BOLTS - Standard: To BS EN 12051. - Type: Lever action flushbolt. - Material/ finish: Satin brushed stainless steel. - Size: 203 x 19 mm. - Other items: Matching “easy clean” floor socket .
583 DOOR BOLTS - Standard: To BS EN 12051. - Type: Monkey tail bolt with receiver plate. - Material/ finish: black expoxy coated. - Size: 305 mm. - Other items: Zinc plated floor socket .
587 PRIVACY INDICATOR BOLTS - Material/ finish: Satin brushed stainless steel. - Emergency release facility: Required.
DOOR FURNITURE
610 LEVER HANDLES - Standard: To BS EN 1906. - Style: Round pattern with return to door. - Size: 19 mm diameter with 55 mm projection. - Material/ finish: Satin brushed stainless steel. 3
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC P21 DOOR/ WINDOW IRONMONGERY
- Mounting: Concealed fixing with sprung roses .
641 LARGE PULL HANDLES - Shape: “D” shape . - Diameter: 25 mm. - Distance between centres: 200 mm. - Material/ finish: Brush satin stainless steel. - Mounting: Bolt through fixing.
642 SMALL PULL HANDLES - Shape: “D” shape . - Diameter: 25 mm. - Distance between centres: 890 mm. - Material/ finish: Brush satin stainless steel. - Mounting: Bolt through fixing.
670 WIDE PUSH PLATES TO DOUBLE DOORS - Size: 1000 x 110 x 1.5 mm. - Material/ finish: Satin brushed stainless steel. - Mounting: Drilled and countersunk . - Additional requirements: Square corners with cut-outs for europrofile cylinders to doors DG/04, DG/05 & DG/06.
670 NARROW PUSH PLATES TO SINGLE DOORS - Size: 1000 x 95 x 1.5 mm. - Material/ finish: Satin brushed stainless steel. - Mounting: Drilled and countersunk . - Additional requirements: Square corners with cut-outs for europrofile cylinders to door DG/14.
690 KICK PLATES - Sizes: - 150 x 1.6 x door width mm. Contractor to confirm door sizes. - Material/ finish: Satin brushed stainless steel. - Mounting: Drilled and countersunk . - Additional requirements: square corners, marked with door number.
710 ESCUTCHEONS - Material/ finish: Satin brushed stainless steel. - Keyhole type: Europrofile cylinder. - Usage: To all doors where finger plates not specified.
711 CYLINDER PULL - Material/ finish: Satin brushed stainless steel. - Keyhole type: Europrofile cylinder. - Usage: To all doors where not specified.
720 DOOR STOPS - Type: Floor mounted with black rubber centre fixing. 4
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC P21 DOOR/ WINDOW IRONMONGERY
- Usage: To doors opening against walls other than those fitted with closers with a back check facility.
760 DOOR HOLDERS - Type: Garage door holder. - Size: To suit wide lintel. - Material/ finish: Black expoxy coated.
811 DOOR MOUNTED COAT HOOKS - Size: 65 x 19 x 30 mm . - Material/ finish: Satin brushed stainless steel.
820 FIRE DOOR KEEP SHUT SIGN - Type: Disc with countersunk fittings. - Size: 76 mm diameter. - Material/ finish: Brushed satin stainless steel with white letters on blue background.
821 FIRE DOOR KEEP LOCKED - Type: Disc with countersunk fittings. - Size: 76 mm diameter. - Material/ finish: Brushed satin stainless steel with white letters on blue background.
822 FIRE DOOR KEEP SHUT SIGN - Type: Disc with countersunk fittings. - Size: 76 mm diameter. - Material/ finish: Brushed satin stainless steel with white letters on blue background.
825 FEMALE SYMBOL SIGN - Type: Disc with countersunk fittings. - Size: 76 mm diameter. - Material/ finish: Brushed satin stainless steel with black filled silhouette.
826 MALE SYMBOL SIGN - Type: Disc with countersunk fittings. - Size: 76 mm diameter. - Material/ finish: Brushed satin stainless steel with black filled silhouette.
823 SHOWER SYMBOL SIGN - Type: Disc with countersunk fittings. - Size: 76 mm diameter. - Material/ finish: Brushed satin stainless steel with black filled silhouette.
850 THRESHOLD WEATHERSTRIP: Manufacturer and reference: Algood PLC
855 WEATHERSTRIP to head and jambs: Manufacturer and reference: Algood PLC 5
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC P21 DOOR/ WINDOW IRONMONGERY
860 DOOR SEALS FOR FIRE PROOFING: Manufacturer and reference: Contractors choice.
WINDOW FURNITURE
901 LOCKING CASEMENT HANDLES TO ALL OPENING LIGHTS - Manufacturer: Algood PLC - Type: Locking handle with espagnolette furniture . - Material/ finish: Die cast aluminium handle with polyester powder coated finish as section Z31. Finish to match the window frame.
960 WEATHERSTRIP TO WINDOWS ALL CASEMENT WINDOWS - Manufacturer: Algood PLC - Type: Extruded . - Size: To suit frame profile. - Material/ finish: Silicone, EPDM or Synthetic Rubber to Contractor’s choice.
6
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08100 Metal Doors and Frames
Division 08 - Doors and Windows Section: 08100 - Metal Doors and Frames
Part 1: General 1 01 Summary The work covered by this section consists of providing all tools, labour, equipment and materials, and performing all operations in connection with the production and installation of metal doors and frames. 1 01 01 Section includes 01.0 Metal door frames of steel, aluminium or stainless steel 02.0 Steel flush door assemblies 03.0 Steel door sets as fire-; thermal- or sound rated assemblies 04.0 Steel panel doors 05.0 Steel panel doors as fire rated- and/or smoke control doors 06.0 Aluminium panel doors 07.0 Aluminium panel doors as smoke control doors 1 01 04 Related Sections 05500 Metal Fabrications 08200 Wood and Plastic Doors 08300 Special Doors 08400 Entrances and Storefronts 08700 Hardware 08800 Glazing 1 02 References 1 02 01 Applicable Standards 1 02 01 03 International Standards 1 02 01 03 01 International Standard Organization (ISO) ISO 209 - Wrought aluminium and aluminium alloys ISO 209 - 1: 89 Chemical composition ISO 209 - 2: 89 Forms of products ISO 1461: 99 Metallic coatings - Hot dip galvanized coatings on fabricated Iron and steel articles – specification and test method. ISO 3573: 99 Hot-rolled carbon steel sheet of commercial and drawing qualities. ISO 3574: 99 Cold-reduced carbon steel sheet of commercial and drawing qualities. ISO 3575: 96 Continuous hot-dip zinc-coated carbon steel sheet of commercial, lock-forming and drawing qualities. ISO 3934: 78 Rubber building gaskets - Materials in preformed solid Vulcanizates used for sealing glazing and panels - Specification ISO 5002: 99 Hot-rolled and cold-reduced electrolytic zinc-coated carbon steel 1 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08100 Metal Doors and Frames
sheet of commercial and drawing qualities. ISO 6361 - Wrought aluminium and aluminium alloy sheets, strips and plates. ISO 6361-1: 86 Technical conditions for inspection and delivery ISO 6361-2: 90 Mechanical properties ISO 6361-3: 85 Strips - Tolerances on shape and dimensions ISO 6361-4: 88 Sheets and plates - Tolerances on form and dimension ISO 6362Wrought aluminium and aluminium alloy extruded rods/bars, tubes and profiles. ISO 6362 -2: 90 Mechanical properties ISO 6362 -3: 90Extruded rectangular bars - Tolerances on dimensions and form ISO 6362 -4: 88 Extruded profiles - Tolerances on shape and dimensions ISO 6362 -5: 01Extruded round, square and hexagonal bars - Tolerances on shape and dimensions ISO 6442: 81Door leaves - Measurement of defects of general flatness ISO 7599: 83Anodizing of aluminium and its alloys - General specification for anodic oxide coatings on aluminium. ISO 8270: 85 Door sets - Soft heavy body impact test ISO 8271: 85 Door leaves - Hard body impact test ISO 11600: 93 Building construction - Sealants - Classification and requirements 1 02 01 04 USA Standards 1 02 01 04 01 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) ASTM E90: 99 Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements ASTM C236: 89 Standard Test Method for Steady-State Thermal Performance of Building Assemblies by Means of a Guarded Hot Box. ASTM C976: 90 Standard Test Method for Thermal Performance of Building Assemblies by Means of a Guarded Hot Box. ASTM E413: 87 Classification for Rating Sound Insulation 1 02 01 04 03 American National Standards Institution (ANSI) ANSI/SDI 100: 91 Recommended Specifications Standard Steel Doors And Frames 1 02 01 06 British Standards BS 4652: 95 Zinc-rich priming paint (Organic Media) BS 5277: 76 Doors, measurement of defects of general flatness BS 6496: 84(91) Specification for powder organic coatings to aluminium BS 6497: 84(91) Specification for powder organic coatings to galvanized steel. 1 02 01 07 German Standards DIN 18095 - 1: 88 Smoke control doors; concepts and requirements DIN 18095 - 2: 91 Smoke control doors; type testing for durability and leakage DIN 18203 - 2: 86 Tolerances in building; prefabricated steel components. 1 02 02 Codes NFPA 101 Life Safety Code 1 02 03 Other References SDI 105: 92 Recommended Erection Instructions for Steel Frames
2 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08100 Metal Doors and Frames
1 03 Definitions 1 03 01 Technical Terms Butt-type frames - frame which is installed off the structural reveal with a joint Casement door - fully glazed panelled door Coordinating size - a dimension of a coordinating space, which defines the relative position of two or more components in an assembly, according to the characteristics of the components, which are relevant to the assembly Door - the door leaf of a single leaf door Door set - an assembly including a fixed part (the door frame), one or more movable parts (the door leaves) and their hardware. The function of which is to allow or to forbid the access. The door set may include sill, overpanel and side panels Door closer - device, which ensures automatic closing of a door after any manual opening Door closer regulator - device to ensure that the two leaves of a double door close in the proper order External door - door with at least one face externally Flush door - door leaf that has both faces plane Flush panelled door - panelled door in which the panels finish flush with the stiles and rails on one or both faces Glazed door - panelled door in which the panels are of glass or similar material. Glass door - door with a door leaf made of glass Hold-open facility - a device designed to override the function of the door closer for specific periods; if its releasing mechanism is automatically or otherwise activated in the case of fire, the door closer will immediately regain its function and the door will close by itself Internal door - a door of which the two faces are situated internally Mullion - intermediates vertical member in an opening or frame. Panelled door - door leaf that has stiles and rails and the spaces in between filled with panels Smoke control door - self-closing door set which, when installed and closed is intended to hinder the passage of smoke Structural opening - the void within a wall or partition designed to receive a door set Wrap around frame - frame which is wider than the wall thickness including the finish 1 03 02 Abbreviations BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association (US) ISDSI Insulated Steel Door Systems Institute (US) K-value Heat transmission factor (ISO) max. maximum min. minimum NFPA National Fire protection Association (US) Rw Sound Transmission Value (German) SDI Steel Door Institute (US)
3 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08100 Metal Doors and Frames
STC Sound Transmission Class (US) U-value Heat transmission factor (ASHRAE-US) 1 05 Submittals Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and specification section 01300. 1 05 01 Product Data Provide product data for each type of door and frame specified, including details of construction, materials, dimensions, hardware preparation, core, label compliance, sound and insulation ratings, profiles and finishes and manufacturer’s instructions. Provide manufacturer’s certificates for all elements indicated showing compliance with referenced standards and/ or requirements of local authorities. 1 05 02 Shop Drawings Shop drawings showing fabrication and installation of standard and custom made metal doors and frames. Include details of each frame type, elevations of door types, conditions at openings, details of construction, location and installation requirements of door and frame hardware and reinforcements, and details of joints and connections. Show anchorage and accessory items Provide schedule of doors and frames using same reference numbers for details and openings as those on contract drawings (if available). 1 05 03 Samples Samples for initial selection purposes in form of manufacturer’s colour charts showing full range of colours or patterns available for factory-finished doors and frames. Samples for verification purposes of each type of exposed finish required, prepared on samples not less than 10 by 15 cm and of the same thickness and material indicated for the final unit of work. 1 05 04 Quality Control Submittals Documented experience of contractor’s site supervisor(s). (see ref. ‘Quality Assurance’) Records and reports of Contractor’s Internal Q.C. Records and reports of Contractor’s External Q.C. 1 06 Quality Assurance 1 06 01 Qualifications 1 06 01 01 Qualifications of Manufacturers Products used in the work of this Section shall be produced by manufacturers regularly engaged in manufacture of similar items and with a history of successful production acceptable to the Engineer. 1 06 01 02 Qualifications of Installers Use adequate number of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of work. Contractor’s site supervisor(s) shall have knowledge of referenced standards and at least five (5) years of documented experience.
4 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08100 Metal Doors and Frames
1 06 04 Quality Control 1 06 04 01 Internal Quality Control Contractor’s internal quality control shall include but not be limited to: Checking of supplier’s test certificates and certificates of compliance to conform to specification and referenced standards prior to assembly or installation. Checking of supplier’s delivery tickets of each delivery for completeness and compliance with supply order and specification. 1 07 Delivery, Storage and Handling 1 07 01 Packing and Shipping Deliver metal doors and frames cardboard-wrapped or crated to provide protection during transit and job storage. Provide additional protection to prevent damage to finish of factory-finished doors and frames. 1 07 02 Storage and Protection System components and doors at building site shall be under cover. Place units on minimum 10 cm high wood blocking. Avoid use of non-vented plastic or canvas shelters, which could create humidity chamber. If cardboard wrapper becomes wet during transport, remove carton immediately. Provide minimum 5 cm spaces between stacked elements to promote air circulation.
5 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08100 Metal Doors and Frames
Part 2: Products 2 01 Materials 2 01 01 Steel Steel for doors and frames shall comply with the requirements of ISO 3573 and 3574 respectively ISO 3575 or equivalent Standard. The thickness of framing-material shall not be less than 1,5 mm nominal. Provide coating as indicated according to the following Standards: Electrolytic coatings according to ISO 5002 or an equivalent Standard. Hot dip galvanized coatings according to ISO 1461 or an equivalent Standard. Powder organic coating to galvanized steel according to BS 6497 or an equivalent Standard. Metallic zinc-rich priming paint, complying with BS 4652 or an equivalent Standard. 2 01 02 Aluminium Extruded profiles and plates of aluminium or aluminium-alloys for doors and frames shall comply with the requirements of ISO 209, 6361 and 6362 or equivalent Standard. Externally used aluminium shall be surface-treated as indicated according to the following Standards: Anodized finish complying with ISO 7599 or an equivalent Standard Powder organic coating complying with BS 6496 or an equivalent Standard. 2 01 03 Stainless Steel Stainless steel for doors and frames shall comply with the requirements of ISO 683-13 or an equivalent Standard. The thickness of framing-material shall not be less than 1,5 mm nominal. 2 01 05 Gaskets Gaskets shall be replaceable and made of rubber material complying with ISO 3934 or an equivalent Standard. 2 01 06 Glass For specification of glass see Section 8800 ‘Glazing’ 2 02 Manufactured Units 2 02 01 Metal Door Frames 2 02 01 01 Standard Metal Door Frames Wrap around frames (U-shaped) Butt-type frames (U-shaped) Z-type frames (Z-shaped) Wrap around/ knock down frames for dry-walls (U-shaped) 2 02 01 01 01 General 01.0 Provide metal door frames of types and styles indicated on drawings and schedules, complying with ANSI/SDI 100 or an equivalent Standard.
6 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08100 Metal Doors and Frames
02.0 Fabricate metal door frames to be rigid, neat in appearance and free from defects, warp or buckle. Accurately form metal according to schedules and drawings to required sizes and profiles. 03.0 Frames shall consist of jambs, head, and where applicable transom and sill. Corners shall be mitred and welded, or rigidly joined together by mechanical means. Provide frames of material indicated in schedules. 04.0 Internal frames: The bases of internal frames shall be braced with adjustable base ties to hold the frames rigid during transit and erection. 05.0 External frames: Provide a sill fixed to the base of the frame to suit the frame profile. Frames set flush with the outside wall shall have a weather-stripping bead at the top of the head to prevent water penetration to the inside. 06.0 Fasteners: Each jamb shall be provided with three fastening devices, made of galvanized mild steel of minimum thickness 1,5 mm. Fasteners shall be concealed wherever possible. For exposed fastening provide countersunk flat head screws. 2 02 01 01 02 Hardware Application 01.0 Mortar guards shall be welded in the frame where cut-outs are provided for lock strike plates, bolts and hinges. 02.0 Hinges: Frames shall be prepared for mounting of screwed-on standard hinges with reinforcing plates of 2,5 mm minimum thickness, adjustable in 3 ways, and fixed with countersunk screws. Provide number of hinges as indicated. 03.0 Lock strike plates for single doors shall be adjustable and either galvanized or of stainless steel, depending on framing material. 2 02 01 01 03 Fanlights Provision shall be made for glazing fanlights of ceiling height frames by means of beads and dry-glazing. Beads shall be fixed with countersunk, oval-headed and nickel- plated or stainless steel screws, depending on framing material. 2 02 01 01 04 Gaskets Provide pre-formed gaskets of neoprene or similar material acceptable to the Engineer, on jambs, heads or transoms for internal frames. Provide weather stripping for external frames on all 4 sides. 2 02 01 01 05 Finish: 01.0 Steel frames for internal use shall be zinc-coated; minimum thickness not less than 15 micrometer, and treated with one coat of suitable priming paint. 02.0 Steel frames for external use and in corrosive atmosphere shall be hot-dip galvanized with a minimum layer of 350 g/m2. Alternatively they may be made of hot-dip galvanized steel sheet. Cut ends shall be protected with a metallic zinc- rich priming paint. Galvanized surfaces shall be treated with one coat of suitable priming paint. 03.0 Stainless steel frames shall be finished as indicated in schedules. 04.0 Aluminium frames shall be either anodized with min. thickness 20 micrometer or powder organic coated with min. thickness 60 micrometer, as indicated in schedules.
2 02 01 02 Custom Size Metal Door Frames If frames are requested in special measurements, provide them according to the specified grades, based on the fabrication of the standard sizes. In case of frame size
7 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08100 Metal Doors and Frames
being greater than any standard frame, fabricate these frames according to the requirements of the highest grade. 2 02 02 01 Standard Steel Flush Door Assemblies 2 02 02 01 01 Frames 01.0 Provide frames of types and styles as shown on drawings and schedules, and as specified in item 2 02 01 - ‘Metal Door Frames’. 02.0 Except on weather-stripped frames or otherwise indicated, rubber buffers not less than 10 mm diameter and 2 mm thick, shall be fixed in the rebate; three on strike jambs of single-door frames and two on heads of double-door frames. 2 02 02 01 02 Door Leaves 01.0 Provide hollow steel door leaves of types, styles and grades as shown on drawings and schedules similar to ANSI/SDI 100 or an equivalent Standard. Use minimum 1 mm thick cold rolled steel for faces. Both faces shall have metal sheeting of one piece without any joints. Leaves shall be rebated on three sides; thickness shall not be less than 40 mm. Doors shall be internally reinforced to resist impact and to ensure flatness. They shall comply with ISO 8270, 8271 and 6442 or an equivalent Standard. 02.0 Louvers: Provide sight proof stationary louvers for interior doors where indicated. Louver blades produced of 1,2 mm cold-rolled steel bend three times and set into 1,0 mm frame. 03.0 Vision glazing: Provide cutouts for vision-glazing in indicated sizes. Cutouts shall have glazing stops and beads, fixed with countersunk, oval-headed, nickel-plated or stainless steel screws, depending on framing material. Glazing stops of aluminium shall be fixed by clip-on method. Glazing shall be done in dry glazing method, using pre-formed neoprene gaskets or similar material acceptable to the Engineer. Set glazing only after finish coats have been applied. Provide glass as indicated in schedules. 2 02 02 01 03 Finish Hardware Preparation 01.0 Prepare hollow metal units to receive mortised and concealed finish hardware, including cutouts, reinforcing, drilling and tapping in accordance with ‘Finish Hardware Schedule’ and templates provided by hardware suppliers. 02.0 Reinforce hollow metal units to receive surface-applied hardware. Drilling and tapping for surface-applied finish hardware may be done at site. 03.0 Position finishes hardware in accordance with standards. 04.0 Provide hardware according to ‘Hardware Schedule’ - see Section 8700 ‘Hardware’. 2 02 02 01 04 Finish 01.0 Internal steel doors shall have a zinc-coating of average minimum thickness not less than 15 micrometer complying with ISO 5002 or an equivalent Standard, and treated with one coat of suitable priming paint. 02.0 External and internal steel doors subject to corrosive atmospheres shall be hot- dip galvanized with a minimum layer of 350 g/m2, complying with the requirements of ISO 1461 or an equivalent Standard. Alternatively they may be made of hot-dip galvanized steel sheet. Cut ends shall be protected with a metallic zinc-rich priming paint, complying with BS 4652 or an equivalent Standard. They shall be treated with one coat of suitable priming paint.
8 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08100 Metal Doors and Frames
2 02 02 01 05 Fire Rating 01.0 Fire rated door sets shall comply with the requirements of ANSI/NFPA 80 and be tested and labelled according to ASTM E152 or equivalent Standards. Testing and labelling shall be done by an authorized and independent Laboratory. They shall be provided according to the requested ratings in schedules. 02.0 Louvers: If louvers are required they shall be of standard size for fire rated doors and fuse linked for automatic closing in case of fire. 03.0 Glazing: Any vision glazing in these doors shall comply with the required fire rating. 04.0 Hardware: Provide these doors complete with locks, bolting hardware and hinges. If door closers are not specified provide one non load-bearing spring hinge in the center of the door. Double leaf doors shall have door closers for both leaves and a door closing regulator. Provide further hardware according to ‘Hardware Schedule’. 2 02 02 01 06 Thermal Rating Thermal rated doors shall be tested and labelled by an authorized and independent Laboratory, according to the requirements of ASTM C236 or ASTM C976 or equivalent Standards. They shall be set into frames with gaskets on all four sides. Provide thermal rated doors with a max. U-value of 2,0 W/m2 k, unless otherwise indicated. 2 02 02 01 07 Sound Rating Ratings based on Rw (dB) range between 27 dB and 45 dB, in 3 dB steps. They shall be tested and labelled by an authorized and independent laboratory, according to the requirements of ASTM E90 and classified according to the requirements of ASTM E 413 or equivalent Standards. Provide sound rated assemblies with ratings based on STC or Rw as indicated in schedules. 2 02 02 02 Custom Size Steel Flush Door Assemblies If doors are requested in custom measurements, provide them according to the specified grades, based on the fabrication of the standard sizes. In case of door size being greater than any standard door, fabricate these doors according to the requirements of the highest grade. 2 02 03 Steel Panel Doors Provide frames and doors as single or double doors, to door- or ceiling height, with or without sidelights, according to schedules and drawings. 2 02 03 01 Profiles Provide profiles for door frames and door leaves, such as jambs, heads, transoms, mullions, stiles and rails according to drawings, of ready-made profiles of minimum nominal thickness 1,5 mm. Profiles shall be of steel or stainless steel as indicated in schedules. 2 02 03 02 Fasteners Provide three, none visible fasteners for each jamb; one additional each side for heights above 2,20 m. Frames for double leaf doors shall have one additional fastener at the center of the head and if existing one at the sill.
9 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08100 Metal Doors and Frames
2 02 03 03 Gaskets Frames for operable doors shall have gaskets on three sides. 2 02 03 04 Stops and Beads Provide stops around solid and glazed panels where indicated. Form these stops integral with the frame. Glazing beads shall have rounded edges, drilled for countersunk screws and fixed with oval-headed, nickel-plated or stainless steel screws depending on framing material. If glazing beads are of aluminium they shall be fastened by clip-on method. 2 02 03 05 Glazing Doors should be glazed with tempered-, wired- or laminated glass, depending on requirements of local authorities. For glazing above door height there are no special requirements. Doors, fan- and sidelights shall be factory pre-glazed to the greatest possible extend by means of dry-glazing, using pre-formed neoprene gaskets or similar material acceptable to the Engineer. Glazing shall be done only after application of finish coats. Provide glass as indicated in schedules - see also Section 8800 ‘Glazing’. 2 02 03 06 Panels Solid panels shall be manufactured as sandwich elements with layers of steel or stainless steel sheet, depending on framing material, of 1,0 mm minimum nominal thickness on both sides without any visible joints. The core filling shall be rigid enough to produce a flush surface, free of warp and buckle, to comply with ISO 6442 or an equivalent Standard. Unless otherwise indicated provide panels with U-values max. 2,5 W/(m2 *K). 2 02 03 07 Louvers Provide sight-proof, stationary louver panels where indicated. Louver blades shall be made of minimum 1 mm thick cold rolled steel or stainless steel sheet, depending on framing material, and bend twice to be stable and keep straight. Frames shall be made of minimum 1 mm thick welded sections, drilled for countersunk screws and fastened with oval-headed, or an equivalent, or stainless steel screws. 2 02 03 08 Hardware Position finishes hardware in accordance with the adequate standards. Manufacture doors with complete hardware application before shipment to the site. Provide hardware according to hardware schedule. 2 02 03 09 Finish 01.0 Steel frames and doors shall be factory finished by means of powder organic coating of minimum thickness 60 micrometer. Provide colours as indicated in schedules. 02.0 Provide stainless steel frames with finish indicated in schedules. 2 02 03 10 Smoke Rating Provide smoke control doors as single or double doors, to door- or ceiling height, with or without sidelights, according to drawings and schedules. 01.0 Smoke control doors shall comply with DIN 18095 -1 and be tested according to DIN 18095 -2 or equivalent Standards. Testing and labelling shall be done by an authorized and independent Laboratory. 02.0 Core: The core filling for any solid panels shall be non combustible, yet rigid enough to produce a flush surface, free of warp and buckle.
10 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08100 Metal Doors and Frames
03.0 Gaskets: The frame shall have gaskets on all four sides with a low threshold, whose cross section forms the segment of a circle and is less than 5 mm high. 04.0 Leakage: The leakage rate shall not exceed 20 m3/h for single leaf doors and 30 m3/h for double leaf doors. 05.0 Hardware: Provide these doors complete with locks and bolting hardware, door closer and for double leaf doors a door closer regulator. For further hardware details see hardware schedule - Section 08700 ‘Hardware’. 2 02 03 11 Fire Rating 01.0 Provide fire rated doors as single or double doors, to door- or ceiling height, with or without sidelights, according to drawings and schedules. 02.0 Fire rated door sets shall comply with the requirements of ANSI/NFPA 80 and be tested and labelled according to ASTM E152 or equivalent Standards. Testing and labelling shall be done by an authorized and independent Laboratory. 03.0 Fire rated glazed panel doors are only available for maximum 30 minutes fire rating. 04.0 Hardware: Provide these doors complete with hinges, locks, bolting hardware and door closer. Double leaf doors shall have door closers for both leaves and a door closing regulator. Provide hardware according to hardware schedule. 2 02 04 Aluminium Panel Doors Provide aluminium doors as single or double doors, to door- or ceiling height, with or without sidelights, according to drawings and schedules. 2 02 04 01 Aluminium Door Frames 01.0 Provide aluminium frames such as jambs, heads, transoms and mullions according to drawings and schedules, made of extruded profiles complying with ISO 6362 or an equivalent Standard. 02.0 Fasteners: Provide three, none-visible fasteners for each jamb; one additional on each side for heights above 2,20 m. Frames for double leaf doors shall have one additional fastener at the center of the head and if existing one at the sill. . 03.0 Gaskets: Frames for operable doors shall have gaskets on three sides. 04.0 Sills: If sills are necessary for the strength of the frame they shall be flush with the finished floor. Frames for double leaf doors shall have a sill. 2 02 04 02 Aluminium Door Leaves 01.0 Provide aluminium frames for door leaves, such as stiles and rails according to drawings and schedules, made of extruded profiles complying with ISO 6362 or an equivalent Standard. 02.0 Stops and Beads: Stops around solid and glazed panels shall be integral with the profiles for stiles and rails. Glazing beads shall be fixed by clip-on method. 03.0 Glazing: see Section 08800. 04.0 Panels: Solid panels shall be manufactured as sandwich elements with layers of aluminium sheet of 1,0 mm minimum nominal thickness on both sides, without any visible joints. The core filling shall be rigid enough to produce a flush surface, free of warp and buckle and comply with ISO 6442 or an equivalent Standard. Unless otherwise indicated provide panels with U-values max. 2,5 W/m2. K. 2 02 04 03 Glazing Doors shall be glazed with tempered-, wired- or laminated glass, depending on requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. For glazing above door height there are no special requirements. 11 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08100 Metal Doors and Frames
Doors shall be factory pre-glazed to the greatest possible extend by dry-glazing method, using pre-formed neoprene gaskets or similar material acceptable to the Engineer. Provide glazing as indicated in schedules - see also Section 8800 ‘Glazing’. 2 02 04 04 Hardware Position finishes hardware in accordance with standards. Hinges shall be fastened concealed. Use countersunk stainless steel or nickel-plated screws. For further hardware details see hardware schedule. 2 02 04 05 Finish Provide finish as indicated in schedules. 01.0 Anodized finish shall be of min. thickness 20 micrometer. 02.0 Powder organic coating shall be of min. thickness 60 micrometer. 2 02 04 06 Smoke Rating Provide smoke control doors as single or double doors, to door- or ceiling height, with or without sidelights, according to drawings and schedules. 01.0 Smoke control doors shall comply with DIN 18095 -1 and be tested according to DIN 18095 -2 or equivalent Standards. Testing and labelling shall be done by an authorized and independent laboratory. 02.0 Core: The core filling for any solid panels shall be non combustible, yet rigid enough to produce a flush surface free of warp and buckle. 03.0 Gaskets: The frame shall have gaskets on all four sides with a low threshold, whose cross section forms the segment of a circle and is less than 5 mm high. 04.0 Leakage: The leakage rate shall not exceed 20 m3/h for single-leaf- doors and 30 m3/h for double-leaf doors. 05.0 Hardware: Provide these doors complete with locks and bolting hardware, door closer and for double leaf doors a door closer regulator. For further hardware details see hardware schedule. 2 03 Fabrication Fabricate metal doors and frames to design and sizes indicated, in accordance with approved shop drawings and compliance with referenced standards. 2 03 01 Prefabrication / Workmanship 01.0 Complete fabrication including application of hardware and other work to the greatest possible degree in the workshop. Perform cutting, drilling and grinding of metalwork before applying of finishes. If finishes (anodization) have to be applied before fabrication, careful handling is necessary to avoid any damage and possible rejection on site. 02.0 Sizing: The profiles used for frames and doors shall be dimensioned adequately to carry the loads of the individual door sizes. Use manufacturer tables for dimensioning. 03.0 Welding Fabricate steel frames with mitred corners and fully welded. Transoms and mullions may be fastened by butt welding. Grind exposed welds smooth and fully remove weld spatter and welding oxides. Restore mechanical finish. Avoid distortion and discoloration on finished surfaces of stainless steel when welding. 04.0 Reinforcing Install reinforcing as necessary for performance requirements and for hardware application. 05.0 Dissimilar metals: Separate dissimilar metals with suitable separation layers. Do not use coatings containing lead.
12 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08100 Metal Doors and Frames
06.0 Continuity: Maintain accurate relationship of planes and angles. Provide secure attachment and support for aluminium members at mechanical joints with hairline fit of contacting members. 07.0 Fasteners: Provide either non-corrosive or corrosion protected fasteners and conceals wherever possible. 08.0 Drainage: Fabricate stops for solid panels and glazing for external doors in a way that any water and/ or condensation can be drained to the exterior. 2 03 02 Shop Assembly Any frames and doors shall be assembled completely in the shop and shall not be dismantled for shipping. 2 03 03 Shop Finishing 2 03 03 01 General All stainless steel and aluminuim doors and frames shall be shop finished. Steel doors and frames shall be shop finished as indicated in the respective paragraphs and items. Precautions shall be taken to prevent any damage while shipping to the site. 2 03 03 02 Uniformity of Finish Abutting members shall not have an integral colour or texture variation greater than half the range indicated in the sample submittal. 2 03 04 Tolerances Produce steel and aluminium elements within tolerances of DIN 18203 -2 or an equivalent Standard. 2 03 05 Inspections The Engineer shall be informed when the first unit is produced to allow for inspection before production of the total amount and also before shipping.
13 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08100 Metal Doors and Frames
Part 3: Execution 3 01 General Examination Examine existing conditions for compliance with schedules and for completeness of other trades supposed to be finished before starting of window installation. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3 02 General Preparation Examine doors prior to installation. Minor damages may be repaired on site provided refinished items are equal in all respects to new work and acceptable to the Engineer; otherwise replace damaged items as directed. Verify that doors comply with the requirements in schedules for type, size, location and swing characteristic. 3 03 Installation Install standard and custom steel doors, frames and accessories in accordance with final shop drawings, manufacturer’s data and as herein specified. Hardware: For installation of hardware see Section 8700 ‘Hardware’ 3 03 01 Setting of Standard Metal Door Frames Door frames may be installed prior to, or after wall construction, depending on the Standard they are produced to, and/or the location of installation. 3 03 01 01 Prior to Wall Construction 01.0 Comply with provisions of SDI -105 - ‘Recommended Erection Instructions for Steel Frames’, unless otherwise indicated. 02.0 Set frames accurately in position, plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is completed, remove temporary braces and spreaders leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged. 03.0 In masonry construction, locate 3 wall anchors per jamb adjacent to hinge location on hinge jamb and at corresponding heights on strike jamb. 04.0 Install fire rated frames in accordance with ANSI/NFPA 80 Standard and manufacturers shop drawings. 3 03 01 02 After Wall Construction 01.0 Comply with provisions of SDI 105 - ‘Recommended Erection Instructions for Steel Frames’, unless otherwise indicated. 02.0 Set Wrap around Frames in concrete and masonry construction accurately in position, plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until voids are filled with grout. 03.0 Butt-type and quoin-type frames: Set these frames accurately in position, plumbed and aligned and fix it with 3 anchors per jamb adjacent to hinge location at hinge jamb and at corresponding heights on strike jamb. Fix the anchors with dowels and bolts. Use minimum two bolts of 8 mm diameter per anchor. Use 4 anchors for heights above 220 cm. 04.0 Install fire rated frames in accordance with ANSI/NFPA 80 Standard and manufacturers shop drawings. 05.0 At dry-wall construction use special knock-down and slip-on frames. Fix it according to frame- and dry-wall manufacturer’s requirements.
14 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08100 Metal Doors and Frames
3 03 02 Setting of Standard Steel Door Assemblies 01.0 For setting of frames see item ‘Setting of Standard Metal Door Frames’. 02.0 Fit door leaves accurately to frames for uniform clearance at each edge. 03.0 Fire rated door sets: Install fire rated door sets accurately according to manufacturer’s instructions and meet requirements of ANSI/NFPA 80 Standard. 04.0 Door leaves shall be taken off after installation and stored at a safe and convenient place - coordinate with the Engineer. 3 03 03 Setting of Panel Doors. 01.0 Placing frames: Set frames accurately in position, plumbed and aligned. Fix each jamb with three dowels and bolts of 8 mm diameter. Use four bolts for heights above 220 cm. Fix threshold and head of double-leaf frames also to bottom or slab respectively. 02.0 Joints: Joints to surrounding construction shall be foamed and sealed as indicated in drawings and schedules. Use adequate elastic sealing component complying with ISO 11600 or an equivalent Standard. Joints shall be cleaned and if necessary be primed before filling. Width and depth of sealer shall be similar - see also detail drawings. 03.0 Doors: Fit to frames for uniform clearance at each edge. Allow 6 mm clearance to finish floor level. 04.0 In case floor finish is not yet completed, door leaves shall be taken off and stored at a safe and convenient place - coordinate with the Engineer. 3 05 Adjusting and Cleaning Check and readjust operating hardware items, leaving steel doors and frames undamaged and in complete and proper operating condition. Clean doors and frames prior to final inspection and remove protective plastic wrappings from prefinished doors. 3 07 Protection Protect frames and doors as recommended by manufacturer to ensure that they are without damage at time of handing over. If necessary, or requested by the Engineer, remove door leaves and store at a secure place.
15 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08100 Metal Doors and Frames
Part 4: Method of Measurement 4 01 General For doors, door frames with and without side- and/or fanlights the ‘coordinating size’ shall be taken as basis for measurement. Double-leaf doors or doors with side- and/or fanlights will be considered as one unit. In cases of factory pre-glazed units the glass will not be measured separately. Hardware which is specified to be supplied with the door will not be measured separately. Hardware for fire-rated doors will not be measured separately. 4 02 Units of Measurement Metal door frames and door sets shall be enumerated. Setting and fitting will deem to be included with the items. Steel and aluminium panel doors shall be enumerated. Setting and fitting will deem to be included with the items. Hardware which is specified with the doors and all hardware for fire-rated doors will deem to be included with the items.
16 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08100 Metal Doors and Frames
Part 5: Basis of Payment 5 01 General Payments will be made for complete work including, but not limited to furnishing all materials, equipment, tools, scaffolding, storage facilities, water, power, labour, samples and mock-ups, coordinating work with other trades, checking, examination, testing, quality assurance, cleaning and protecting. 5 02 Ancillary Works to be included in the Unit Rate The following ancillary works shall be included in the unit rate: Setting of door frames, fitting and hanging of door leaves including all fixing materials, i.e. anchorage, bolts etc. Establishing heights of finished floor with reference to installation locations. Adjusting, cleaning and protection until final hand-over. Removal and storage of door leaves when so directed by the Engineer.
17 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08100 Metal Doors and Frames
Annex: General Information 7 01 Modular System For sizing of door and window openings it is proposed to use the ISO modular system with the basic Module M = 100 mm. See the following Standards for explanation. ISO 1040 Building construction - Modular Coordination - Multimodules for horizontal coordinating dimensions. ISO 1006 Building construction - Modular coordination - Basic module ISO 1791 Building construction - Modular coordination - Vocabulary ISO 2776 Modular coordination - Coordinating sizes for door sets - External and internal ISO 2848 Building construction - Modular coordination - Principles and rules ISO 6513 Building construction - Modular coordination - Series of preferred multimodular sizes for horizontal dimensions 7 02 Terminology The following terminology is part of: ISO 1804: 72 Doors and windows, for hinged and pivoted doors of all materials used in building construction. For further explanation of the following terms see attached drawing. (A) Terms relating to structural openings 1 Structural opening: The void within a wall or partition designed to receive a door set. 1a Structural opening with non-rebated reveal (figure 1) 1b Structural opening with rebated reveal (figure 2) 11 Structural reveal (rebated or non-rebated) 12 Soffit 13 Vertical side 14 Sill 15 Structural rebate 18 Finished floor (B) Terms relating to door frames 2 Door frame: The frame in which a door (door-leaf) is hung. 2a Door frame with rebate (figure 3) 2b Door frame without rebate (figure 4) 2c Door frame with transom (figure 5) 20 Door frame reveal (rebated or non-rebated) 21 Head 22 Transom 23 Jamb 24 Sill 25 Rebate (C) Terms relating to doors 3 Door: The door leaf of a single leaf door. 31 Internal door: A door of which the two faces are situated internally. 32 External door: Door with at least one face externally. 33 Square edge door 34 Rebated door 18 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08100 Metal Doors and Frames
35 Rebate 36 Overlap 37 Door leaf (figure 6) 38a Square edge overpanel (figure 7) 38b Rebated overpanel (figure 8)
19 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08100 Metal Doors and Frames
7 02 01 Illustration of Terms
A.1 STRUCTURAL OPENINGS
12
12 13 13
1b 1a
15
14 18 18
13 13
11 11 FIGURE 1 FIGURE 2
21 A.2 DOOR FRAMES
21 22 22
23 23 23
2c 2a 2b
25 25
24 24 24
20 20 20
FIGURE 3 FIGURE 4 FIGURE 5
A.3 DOORS 38b 38a
FIGURE 7
33 34
(37) (37)
35 36
FIGURE 6 FIGURE 8
20 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
08110: STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08110 Steel Doors and Frames
SECTION 08110: STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
1. GENERAL
1.1 Scope This specification covers the requirements for steel doors and frames for offices security doors, mechanical rooms sets as defined in the drawings and door schedule.
1.2 References The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by basic designation only.
AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM)
ASTM C 236 (1989) Steady-State Thermal Performance of Building Assemblies by Means of a Guarded Hot Box.
ASTM C 976 (1990) Thermal Performance of Building Assemblies by Means of a Calibrated Hot Box.
ASTM C 2863 (1991) measuring the Minimum Oxygen Concentration to Support Candle-Like Combustion of Plastics (Oxygen Index)
ASTM E 90 (1990) Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions.
ASTM E 152 (1981a) Fire Tests of Door Assemblies.
ASTM E 283 (1991) Determining the Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors Under Specified Pressure Differences Across the Specimen.
DOOR AND HARDWARE INSTITUTE (DHI)
DHI 02 (1986) Installation Guide for Doors and Hardware.
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF ARCHITECTURAL METAL MANUFACTURERS (NAAMM)
NAAMM HMMA 862 (1987) Hollow Metal Manual; Section Guide Specifications for Commercial Security Hollow Metal Doors and Frames.
NAAMM HMMA 865 (1987) Hollow Metal Manual; Section Guide Specifications for Swinging Sound
6 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08110 Steel Doors and Frames
Control Hollow Metal Doors and Frames.
NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA)
NFPA 80 (1992) Fire Doors and Windows
NFPA 80A (1993) Protection of Buildings from Exterior Fire Exposures
NFPA 101 (1994) Safety to life from Fire in Buildings and Structures
STEEL DOOR INSTITUTE (SDOI)
SDOI SDI-100 (1991) Standard Steel Doors and Frames
SDOI SDI-106 (1991) Standard Doors Type Nomenclature
SDOI SDI-107 (1984) Hardware on Steel Doors (Reinforcement – Application)
1.3 Submittals Engineer’s approval is required for the following submittals. 1.3.1 Shop Drawings Submit workshop drawings prior to fabrication including all information and door details. Shop drawings using standard door type nomenclature indicating the location of each door and frame, elevation of each model of door and frame, details of construction, method of assembling sections, location and extent of hardware reinforcement, hardware locations, type and location of anchors for frames, and thickness of metal. Drawings shall include catalog cuts or descriptive data for the doors, frames, and weather-stripping including air infiltration data and manufacturers printed instructions. 1.3.2 Reports 1.3.2.1 Fire Rated Doors A letter by a nationally recognized testing laboratory which identifies the product manufacturer, type, and model; certifying that the laboratory has tested a sample assembly in accordance with ASTM E 152 and issued a current listing for same. 1.3.2.2 Certificates Fire Rated Doors; and Security Door; a) Certification of Oversized Fire Doors: Certification of compliance in accordance with the requirements of ASTM E 152 for fire doors exceeding the sizes for which label service is available.
6 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08110 Steel Doors and Frames
b) Certification of Security Door, Sound and Thermal Insulating Rating: Certificates or test report for Security rating, sound rated and thermal insulated doors shall show compliance with the specified requirements. The certification, or test report, shall list the parameters and the type of hardware and perimeter seals used to achieve the rating. 1.3.3 Samples Steel Doors and Frames: A sample section of door, 300 mm by 300 mm, shall be submitted for approval.
1.4 Delivery and Storage During shipment, welded unit type frames shall be strapped together in pairs with heads at opposite ends or shall be provided with temporary steel spreaders at the bottom of each frame. Materials shall be delivered to the site in undamaged condition, and stored out of contact with the ground and under a weather tight covering permitting air circulation. Doors and assembled frames shall be stored in an upright position in accordance with DHI-02. Abraded, scarred, or rusty areas shall be cleaned and touched up with matching finishes.
1.5 Warranty Manufacturer’s standard performance guarantees or warranties that extend beyond a 1-year period shall be provided.
2. PRODUCTS
2.1 Doors and Frames Doors and frames shall be factory fabricated in accordance with SDOI SDI-100 and the additional requirements specified herein. Door grade shall be extra heavy duty (Grade III) unless otherwise indicated on the door and doorframe schedules. Minimum thickness of metal shall be 1.5 mm for internal doors and 2 mm for external doors, with frames designed accordingly. Doors and frames shall be prepared to receive hardware conforming to the templates and information provided on Drawings. Doors and frames shall be reinforced, drilled, and tapped to receive mortised hinges, locks, latches, and flush bolts as required. Doors and frames shall be reinforced for surface applied hardware. Frames shall be welded type. Rubber silencers shall be furnished for installation into factory-predrilled holes in doorframes; adhesively applied silencers are not acceptable. Where frames are installed in plaster or masonry walls, plaster guards shall conform to SDOI SDI- 100, Model 3, and shall include provisions for glazing. Reinforcing of door assemblies for closers and other required hardware shall be in accordance with SDOI SDI-100 and the conditions of the fire door assembly listing when applicable. Exterior doors shall have top edges closed flush and sealed against water penetration. Doors shall be fully 6 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08110 Steel Doors and Frames
welded seamless construction with no visible seams or joints on their faces or vertical edges. Door thickness shall be 44.5 mm. Doorframes shall be all welded type, with double rabbet jamb profile. Astragal shall be machine-mitered, full welded. All exposed welds shall be ground and finished smooth.
2.2 Fire Rated Doors Door schedule on drawings will indicate where fire-rated doors are to used and their rating requirements. Fire rated door assemblies shall bear the listing identification label of a nationally recognized testing laboratory qualified to perform tests of fire door assemblies in accordance with ASTM E 152 and having a listing for the tested assemblies. The fire resistance rating shall be shown. Doors exceeding the sizes for which listing label service is offered shall be in accordance with ASTM E 152. Listing identification labels shall be constructed and permanently applied by a method, which results in their destruction, should they be removed.
2.3 Electric Operator
Furnish Besam # 850 Swing-master all electric self-contained automatic door operator with spring-open/power closing features. The operator shall be free-egress in case of power failure. Furnish (2) push button stations with press-to-open, press-to-close features.
Conduits and wiring shall be furnished under Division 16. The operator will be installed by the local Besam representative with coordination of the installation by PPB.
2.3.1 Kill Switch (Interlock)
Furnish two (2) kill switches in hinge jamb of doorframe to interrupt power to accelerator when door is not in fully closed position.
2.4 Weather-stripping Weather-stripping for head and jamb shall be manufacturer’s standard elastomeric type synthetic rubber, vinyl, or neoprene and shall be installed at the factory or on the jobsite in accordance with the doorframe manufacturer’s recommendations. Weather-stripping for bottom of doors shall be as shown. Air leakage rate of weather- stripping shall not exceed 0.31 1/s per linear meter of crack when tested in accordance with ASTM E 283 at standard test conditions.
2.5 Louvers Where indicated, doors shall be provided with [louver section]. Louvers shall be sight proof type inserted into the door. Inserted louvers shall be adjustable. Louvers shall be non-removable from the outside of exterior
6 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08110 Steel Doors and Frames
doors or the unsecured side of interior doors. Insect screens shall be a removable type with 18 by 16 mesh aluminum or bronze cloth.
2.6 Glazing Glazing shall be Double tinted glass. Removable glazing beads shall be screw-on or snap-on type.
2.7 Core Both continuous lead sheet and polyethylene materials will be used.
2.8 Factory Finish Doors and Frames shall be phosphatized, primed, and finished with an electrostatic backed on enamel or polyester base factory finish paint. Color shall be light gray.
3. EXECUTION
3.1 Installation Solid grouting will be required for all hollow metal doorframes in masonry walls, solid plaster, or steel stud walls except when dry wall is used. Installation shall be in accordance with DHI-02 Preparation for surface applied hardware shall be in accordance with SDOI SDI-107. Rubber silencers shall be installed in doorframes after finish painting has been completed; adhesively applied at exterior door openings to provide a weather tight installation. Installation and operational characteristics of fire doors shall be in accordance with NFPA 80, NFPA 80A and NFPA 101. Hollow metal doorframes shall be solid grouted in masonry walls. 3.1.1 Security Doors Doorframes shall be rigidly anchored in place and provided with anti- spread space filler reinforcements to prevent disengagement of the lock bolt by prying or jacking of the frame. Jambs shall be filled solid with concrete grout.
3.2 Field Painted Finish Steel doors and frames shall be stove enameled “primed and painted in the factory”. Weather-strips shall be protected from paint. Base finish shall be free of scratches or other blemishes. Color shall be light gray. After erection, clean and repair scratches prior to final paint finish finishing to job requirement.
6 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08200 Wood and Plastic Doors
Division 08 - Doors and Windows Section 08200 - Wood and Plastic Doors
Part 1: General 1 01 Summary The work covered by this section consists of providing all tools, labor, equipment and materials, and performing all operations in connection with the fabrication and installation of wood and plastic doors. 1 01 01 Section includes 01.0 Wood flush doors with or without fixed panels of solid or hollow core construction. 02.0 Wood stile and rail doors (panelled), with or without fixed panels. 03.0 Plastic stile and rail doors (panelled), with or without fixed panels. 1 01 04 Related Sections 06400 Architectural Woodwork 08100 Metal Doors and Frames 08300 Special Doors 08700 Hardware 08800 Glazing 1 02 References 1 02 01 Applicable Standards 1 02 01 03 International Standards 1 02 01 03 01 International Standards Organization (ISO) ISO 3934 : 78 Rubber building gaskets - Materials in preformed solid vulcanizates used for sealing glazing and panels - Specification ISO 4586 High-pressure Decorative laminates (HPL) - sheets made from thermosetting resins. ISO 4586 -1 : 97 Part 1: Specification ISO 4586 -2 : 97 Part 2: Determination of properties ISO 11600 : 93 Building construction - Sealants - Classification and requirements 1 02 01 04 USA Standards 1 02 01 04 01 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) ASTM E 90 : 99 Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements ASTM E207 Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Door Assemblies, Including Positive Pressure Testing of side-hinged and pivoted Swinging Door Assemblies. ASTM E413 : 87(99) Classification for Rating Sound Insulation 1 02 01 04 03 American National Standards Institution (ANSI) ANSI/NFPA 80 : 99 Fire Doors and Windows 1
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08200 Wood and Plastic Doors
ANSI/NWWDA I.S.1A Architectural Wood Flush Doors ANSI/NWWDA I.S.6 Architectural Wood Stile and Rail Doors 1 02 01 05 European Standards EN 10143 : 93 Continuously hot-dip metal coated steel sheet and strip. Tolerances on dimensions and shape. 1 02 01 06 British Standards BS 6566 : 85(91) Plywood 1 02 02 Codes NFPA 101 Life Safety Code 1 02 03 Other References AWI1500 Factory Finishing (US) CPA A 208 : 93 Wood Particleboard Revision of ANSI A 208.1:89 1 03 Definitions 1 03 01 Technical Terms block board - plywood with core of solid wood strips wider than 7 mm and smaller than 30 mm batten board - plywood with core of solid wood battens wider than 30 mm casement door - fully glazed paneled door door assembly - it includes a fixed part (door frame), one or more moveable parts (door leaves), and it may include over- and side panels door set - an assembly including a fixed part (the door frame), one or more moveable parts (the door leaves) and their hardware. The function of which is to allow or to forbid the access. The doorset may include sill, overpanel and side panels. door closer - device which ensures automatic closing of a door after any manual opening. door closer regulator - device to ensure that the two leaves of a double door close in the proper order. flush door - door leaf that has both faces plane. flush paneled door - paneled door in which the panels finish flush with the stiles and rails on one or both faces. glazed door - paneled door in which the panels are of glass or similar material. ledged door - unframed door leaf composed of vertical boarding fixed to horizontal ledges. mullion - intermediate vertical member in an opening or frame. paneled door - door leaf that has stiles and rails and the spaces in between filled with panels particle board - panel product manufactured under pressure from particles of wood or other ligno-cellulosic materials and a binder plywood - wood based panel product consisting of an assembly of plies bonded together, some or all of which are wood; normally the direction of the grain in adjacent plies is at right angles, with the outer and inner plies placed symmetrically on each side of a central ply or core. rail - horizontal member of a paneled door stile - vertical member of a paneled door veneer - thin sheet of wood produced by rotary cutting, slicing or sawing. 1 03 02 Abbreviations AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute (US)
2
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08200 Wood and Plastic Doors
CPA Composite Panel Association (US) K-value Heat transmission factor (ISO) NFPA National Fire protection Association (US) NWWDA National Wood Window and Door Association (US) Rw Sound Transmission Value (German) STC Sound Transmission Class (US) U-value Heat transmission factor (ASHRAE-US) 1 05 Submittals Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Section 1300. 1 05 01 Product Data Provide product data for each type of door and frame specified, including details of construction, materials, dimensions, hardware preparation, core, label compliance, sound and insulation ratings, profiles and finishes. Provide manufacturer’s certificates for all elements indicated showing compliance with referenced standards and/ or requirements of local authorities. 1 05 02 Shop Drawings Shop drawings showing fabrication and installation of standard and custom made wood and plastic doors. Include details of each frame type, elevations of door types, conditions at openings, details of construction, location and installation requirements of door and frame hardware and reinforcements, and details of joints and connections. Show anchorage and accessory items.
Provide schedule of doors and frames using same reference numbers for details and openings as those on contract drawings (if available). 1 05 03 Samples Samples for initial selection purposes in form of manufacturer’s color charts showing full range of colors or patterns available for factory-finished doors and frames.
Samples for verification purposes of each type of exposed finish required, prepared as corner section sample not less than 15 cm square and of the same thickness and material indicated for the final unit of work. 1 05 04 Quality Control Submittals Documented experience of contractor’s site supervisor(s). (see ref. 'Quality Assurance') Records and reports of Contractor’s Internal Q.C.. Records and reports of Contractor’s External Q.C. 1 06 Quality Assurance 1 06 01 Qualifications 1 06 01 01 Qualifications of Manufacturers Products used in the work of this Section shall be produced by manufacturers regularly engaged in manufacture of similar items and with a history of successful production acceptable to the Engineer. 1 06 01 02 Qualifications of Installers Use adequate number of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified 3
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08200 Wood and Plastic Doors
requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of work . Contractor’s site supervisor(s) shall have knowledge of referenced standards and at least five (5) years of documented experience.
1 06 04 Quality Control 1 06 04 01 Internal Quality Control Contractor’s internal quality control shall include but not be limited to: Checking of supplier's test certificates and certificates of compliance to conform with specification and referenced standards prior to assembly or installation. Checking of suppliers delivery tickets of each delivery for completeness and compliance with supply order and specification. 1 07 Delivery, Storage and Handling 1 07 01 Packing and Shipping Deliver doors and frames cardboard-wrapped or crated to provide protection during transit and job storage. Provide additional protection to prevent damage to finish of factory-finished doors and frames. 1 07 02 Storage and Protection Wood and Plastic doors and frames at building site shall be under cover. Place units on minimum 10 cm high wood blocking. Avoid use of non-vented plastic or canvas shelters which could create a humidity chamber. If cardboard wrapper on door becomes wet, remove carton immediately. Provide minimum 5 cm spaces between stacked doors to promote air circulation.
4
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08200 Wood and Plastic Doors
Part 2: Products 2 01 Materials 2 01 01 Wood and Wood Products 2 01 01 01 Timber Timber for doors shall comply with the requirements of ANSI/NWWDA I.S.1-A or an equivalent Standard. 2 01 01 02 Particle Board Particle board for frames and doors shall comply with the requirements of ANSI A208.1 or an equivalent Standard. 2 01 01 03 Plywood and Veneer Plywood and Veneer used for doors shall comply with the requirements of ANSI/NWWDA I.S.1-A or an equivalent Standard. 2 01 02 Laminates Decorative high-pressure laminates (HPL) shall be used as finish layer for flush doors as indicated. They shall comply with the requirements of ISO 4586 or an equivalent Standard. 2 01 05 Plastic Plastic material for door profiles shall be unplasticized, modified polyvinylchloride (PVC-u) with high impact resistance complying with DIN 7748 or an equivalent Standard. 2 01 06 Reinforcement Reinforcing for plastic profiles shall be done with galvanized steel complying with EN 10143 or an equivalent Standard. 2 01 07 Gaskets Gaskets shall be replaceable and made of rubber material complying with ISO 3934 or an equivalent Standard. 2 02 Manufactured Units 2 02 01 Wood Doors 2 02 01 01 Flush Door Leaves 2 02 01 01 01 General 01.0 Flush wood doors shall be sound, rigid and free from warp and buckle. All edges shall be aligned and smooth. Leaves shall be of minimum thickness 40 mm. 02.0 Flush wood doors shall comply with the requirements of ANSI/NWWDA I.S.1-A or an equivalent Standard. Species and grade of lumber and wood veneers shall be as described in these Standards. 03.0 The moisture content of all wood components shall average from 6 to 8 percent and shall be at equilibrium with the same relative humidity condition at the time of door fabrication.
5
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08200 Wood and Plastic Doors
2 02 01 01 02 Decorative Faces Substrate shall consist of two hardwood plies, alternating the direction of grains to achieve a cross-banded lamination for maximum strength. Overall thickness of each hardwood panel shall be not less than 3 mm. Provide decorative faces as follows: 01.0 Wood veneer grade one, species as indicated in schedules. 02.0 High pressure decorative laminate (HPL) as indicated in schedules. 03.0 Wood veneer grade two or medium density overlay (MDO) for painted surfaces. 2 02 01 01 03 Core Construction 01.0 Solid particle board 02.0 Semi-solid particle board with tubular cavities through its length 03.0 Staved lumber (block board) according to ANSI/NWWDA I.S.1-A. The wood blocks in any one core shall be of one species. 04.0 Hollow core of expanded honeycomb made of corrugated fiberboard. 2 02 01 01 04 Stiles and Rails Doors shall have 30 mm wide stiles and rails made of thoroughly kiln-dried hardwood lumber, they shall match the face veneers or HPL-laminated surfaces. 2 02 01 01 05 Finishing Doors shall be factory finished on all sides as indicated in schedules. 01.0 Transparent finish for veneered doors shall be according to AWI 1500 or equivalent. 02.0 Enamel finish according to SSA 472 or an equivalent Standard. 03.0 Provide colors, sheen and pattern for painted, respectively laminated surfaces as indicated in schedules. 2 02 01 01 06 Glazed Openings Glazed openings shall be done according to schedules and drawings. Glass of indicated type shall be fixed by means of beads on both sides, nailed with countersunk nails outside and screwed with oval-headed and nickel-plated screws inside. Drill countersunk holes before painting or spraying. Factory pre-glaze doors for applications indicated shall comply with requirements of Section 8800 ‘Glazing’. 2 02 01 01 07 Louvers Provide sight-proof stationary louvers where indicated. Louver blades and frames shall be made of minimum 1,5 mm thick extruded aluminum with an anodized finish in natural or bronze color as indicated. Frames shall cover both sides of the cutout and fixed with countersunk, oval-headed and nickel-plated screws. 2 02 01 01 08 Finish Hardware Preparation 01.0 Factory pre-machine flush doors for hardware in accordance with ‘Finish Hardware Schedule’ and templates provided by hardware suppliers. 02.0 Position finish hardware in accordance with the adequate standards, respectively the installed metal frames. 03.0 Provide hardware according to hardware schedules, Section 8700 ‘Hardware’.
6
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08200 Wood and Plastic Doors
2 02 01 02 Panel Door Leaves 2 02 01 02 01 General 01.0 Provide panel doors of types and styles as shown on drawings and schedules. They shall comply with ANSI/NWWDA I.S.6 or an equivalent Standard. 02.0 They shall be manufactured of hardwood species indicated in schedules. Timber for stiles and top rail shall be minimum 40 x 120 mm, for bottom rail 40 x 180 mm. Intermediate stiles and rails may be of other widths, yet should be of the same thickness. Corners shall be joined by mortise and tenon or tongued. 03.0 The moisture content of all wood components shall average from 6 to 8 percent and shall be at equilibrium with the same relative humidity condition at the time of door fabrication. 2 02 01 02 02 Glazed Panels Stops shall be provided integral with stiles and rails (rebated). Glazing beads of hardwood shall be mitred at corners and fixed with countersunk, oval-headed and nickel-plated screws. Drill countersunk holes before painting or spraying. Factory pre-glazed doors for applications indicated shall comply with requirements of Section 8800 ‘Glazing’ 2 02 01 02 03 Wooden Panels Panels shall be made of plywood, complying with BS 6566 or an equivalent Standard. Face veneers shall match the grain of stiles and rails. Flat panel thickness minimum 6 mm, depending on size. Raised panel thickness minimum 12 mm. Provide hardwood beads on both sides, fixed with countersunk nails. Beads may project slightly over the level of stiles and rails; if they are level with the frame then allow for a small joint of 3 mm. 2 02 01 02 04 Flush Wooden Panels Flush panels shall be of the same thickness as stiles and rails. They shall be manufactured according to the specification for ‘Flush Wood Doors’. Face veneers shall match the grain of stiles and rails. Jointing shall be done by tongue and groove, allowing for 1 cm joint to surrounding frame or as otherwise indicated. 2 02 01 02 05 Finishing Panel doors shall be factory finished as indicated in schedules. Transparent finish shall be according to AWI 1500 or equivalent; Enamel finish shall be according to SASO 472 or an equivalent Standard. 2 02 01 02 06 Hardware Factory pre-machine panel doors for hardware in accordance with standards. Provide hardware according to 'Hardware Schedule', Section 8700 ‘Hardware’. 2 02 01 03 Door Frames 01.0 Fabricate wood door frame units to be rigid, neat in appearance and free from defects, warp or buckle. Accurately produce according to schedules and drawings to required sizes and profiles. 02.0 Provide wood door frames for single or double doors, to door- or ceiling height, rebated or non-rebated doors, with or without sidelights for internal use only, if not otherwise indicated. 03.0 Produce door frames out of hardwood of species indicated in drawings and/or schedules, complying with BS 1567 or an equivalent Standard.
7
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08200 Wood and Plastic Doors
04.0 Frames shall consist of jambs, head and, where applicable, transom and/or sill. Corners shall be joined by mortice and tenon or tongued. The minimum thickness for frames shall be 40 mm; width depends on the thickness of the wall. Provide architraves as indicated in drawings and schedules. 05.0 Thresholds for internal frames shall only be provided if otherwise indicated. 06.0 Fanlights of ceiling height frames shall be glazed as indicated in schedules. Beads shall be fixed with countersunk, oval-headed and nickel-plated screws. Comply with requirements of Section 8800 'Glazing'. 07.0 Gaskets shall be provided on jambs, heads or transoms. 08.0 Finishing: Frames shall be factory finished as indicated in schedules. Transparent finish shall be according to AWI 1500 or equivalent; Enamel finish shall be according to SASO 472 or an equivalent Standard. 2 02 01 04 Fire Rated Door Sets 2 02 01 04 01 General Fire rated door sets shall comply with the requirements of ANSI/NFPA 80 and be tested and labeled according to ASTM E152 or an equivalent Standard. Testing and labeling shall be done by an authorized and independent laboratory. They shall be provided according to the required ratings. Provide these doors complete with lock, bolting hardware, hinges and door closer. Double leaf doors shall have door closers for both leaves and a door closing regulator. Furnish hold-open devices if otherwise indicated - see also section 8700 ‘Hardware’ If louvers are required they shall be fuse-linked for automatic closing in case of fire. 2 02 01 04 02 Wood Door Sets Wood door sets shall consist of solid door frames and flush door leaves. They shall comply with manufacturer's tested sample and meet shape and finish requirements as specified in the respective paragraphs before to match other non-fire rated doors. 2 02 01 04 03 Steel -Wood Door Sets Steel -wood door sets shall consist of steel door frames and flush wood door leaves. They shall comply with manufacturer's tested sample and meet shape and finish requirements as specified in the respective paragraphs before and Section 8100 'Metal Doors and Frames', to match other non-fire rated doors. 2 02 01 05 Sound Rated Door Assemblies Ratings based on Rw (dB) range between 27 dB and 45 dB, in 3 dB steps. Provide sound rated doors in combinations indicated in schedules. They shall be manufactured as specified in the respective paragraphs before. Steel frames shall be manufactured as specified in Section 8100 'Metal Doors and Frames'. Sound rated assemblies shall be tested and labeled by an authorized and independent Laboratory, according to the requirements of ASTM E90 and classified according to the requirements of ASTM E 413 or equivalent Standards. Provide them with ratings based on STC or Rw (dB) as indicated in schedules. 2 02 02 Plastic Doors 2 02 02 01 Panelled Plastic Door Assemblies 2 02 02 01 01 General 01.0 Provide plastic door frames and leaves, jambs, heads, transoms, mullions, stiles and rails according to schedules and drawings, made of unplasticized polyvinylchloride (PVC-u) of minimum thickness 50 mm.
8
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08200 Wood and Plastic Doors
02.0 Fabricate frames complete inclusive hardware application before shipment to the site - see Section 8700 ‘Hardware’. 03.0 Corners shall be mitered and welded. 04.0 Sizing: The profiles used for framing shall be dimensioned adequately to carry the loads of the individual door sizes. Use manufacturer's tables for dimensioning. 05.0 Reinforcing: Install reinforcing of galvanized steel for profiles and hardware. 2 02 02 01 02 Frames 01.0 Gaskets shall be applied to jambs, heads or transoms in one plane for interior - and two planes for exterior doors. 02.0 Exterior frames shall have a threshold with weatherstripping. 03.0 Provision shall be made for glazing of fanlights by means of beads and dry- glazing. Factory pre-glazed doors for applications indicated shall comply with the requirements of Section 8800 ‘Glazing’. 2 02 02 01 03 Door Leaves Doors shall be glazed with tempered-, wired- or laminated glass, depending on requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. For glazing above door height there are no special requirements. 01.0 Stops and Beads: Stops around solid and glazed panels where indicated, shall be integral with the profiles for stiles and rails. Glazing beads shall be fixed by clip-on method. 02.0 Glazing: Doors, fan- and sidelights shall be factory pre-glazed to the greatest possible extent by means of dry-glazing, using pre-formed neoprene gaskets or similar material acceptable to the Engineer. Provide glass as indicated in schedules - see also Section 8800 ‘Glazing’. 03.0 Panels: Solid panels for interior use shall be manufactured of plywood and laminated with HPL-sheeting on both sides. Panels for exterior use shall have an insulating core laminated on both sides or consist of foamed polyurethane with a solid, smooth and even surface. Unless otherwise indicated provide insulated panels with U-values max. 2,5 (W/m2.K). 04.0 Hardware: Position finish hardware in accordance with standards. Hinges shall be fixed concealed. Provide hardware according to 'Hardware Schedule', Section 8700 ‘Hardware’ 2 03 Fabrication Fabricate wood and plastic doors to design and sizes indicated, in accordance with approved shop drawings and compliance with referenced standards. 2 03 01 Prefabrication / Workmanship 01.0 Complete fabrication inclusive application of hardware and other work to the greatest possible degree in the workshop. 02.0 Sizing: The sizes of the sections for frames and doors shall be dimensioned adequately to carry the loads of the individual sizes. 03.0 Joining wood frames: Frames shall be glued together either by tongue and groove or with hardwood dowels of sufficient diameter. Maintain accurate relationship of planes and angles and hairline fit of contacting members. 04.0 Joining plastic frames: Frames shall have mitered corners and be rigidly joined together by means of hot plate welding. The weld has then to be finished off
9
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08200 Wood and Plastic Doors
using a machine process to give the corner a neat appearance. Maintain accurate relationship of planes and angles. 05.0 Fasteners: Provide either non-corrodible or corrosion protected fasteners and conceal wherever possible. 2 03 02 Shop Assembly Doors shall be assembled completely in the shop and shall not be dismantled for shipping. 2 03 03 Shop Finishing 2 03 03 01 General Wood doors shall be shop finished as indicated in the respective paragraphs and items. Precautions shall be taken to prevent any damage while shipping to the site. 2 03 03 02 Uniformity of Finish Abutting members shall not have an integral color or texture variation greater than half the range indicated in the sample submittal. 2 03 05 Inspections The Engineer shall be informed when the first unit is produced to allow for inspection before production of the total amount and also before shipping.
10
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08200 Wood and Plastic Doors
Part 3: Execution 3 01 General Examination Do not deliver or install doors until conditions of temperature and relative humidity have been stabilized and will be maintained in storage and installation areas during the remainder of the construction period at a level similar to occupancy conditions. Verify that steel frames comply with indicated requirements for type, size, location and swing characteristics and have been installed with plumb jambs and level heads. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3 02 General Preparation Examine doors and frames prior to installation. Minor damages may be repaired on site, provided refinished items are equal in all respects to new work and acceptable to the Engineer; otherwise replace damaged items as directed. 3 03 Installation Hardware: For installation of hardware see Section 8700 ‘Hardware’ 3 03 01 Fitting and Hanging of Door Leaves 01.0 Install flush and panel wood doors to comply with manufacturer’s instructions, applicable requirements of referenced quality standard, and as indicated. 02.0 Job-fit Doors: Align and fit doors in frames with the following clearances: - 3 mm at jambs and heads or transoms - 1,5 mm per leaf at meeting stiles for pairs of doors - 6 mm from bottom of door to finish floor level - Do not trim stiles and rails in excess of limits set by manufacturer! 03.0 Prefit Doors: Fit to frames for uniform clearance at each edge. 04.0 Factory-Finished Doors: Restore finish before installation, if fitting or machining is required at job site. 3 03 02 Installation of Wood Door Assemblies 01.0 Placing frames: Set frames accurately in position, plumb and aligned. Fix each jamb with dowels and screws three times. Use countersunk screws and cap them. Frames with heights above 220 cm to be fixed at four points each jamb. 02.0 Joints: Joints to surrounding walls shall be foamed after setting. Architraves, if specified, shall be fixed to door frames. Visible joints shall be prepared as indicated in drawings and schedules. Use adequate elastic sealing component complying with ISO 11600 or an equivalent Standard. Joints shall be cleaned and if necessary primed before filling. Width and depth of sealer shall be similar - see also detail drawings. 03.0 Doors: Fit to frames for uniform clearance at each edge 04.0 Fire rated door sets: Install fire rated door sets accurately according to manufacturer’s instructions. Clearances shall meet requirements of ANSI/NFPA 80 05.0 In case the finish flooring is not yet completed, door leaves shall be taken off and stored at a save and convenient place - coordinate with the Engineer. 3 03 03 Installation of Plastic Door Assemblies. 01.0 Placing frames: Set frames accurately in position, plumb and aligned. Fix each jamb with dowels and screws at distances of maximum 70 cm. Use countersunk, oval-headed and nickel-plated screws of adequate size.
11
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08200 Wood and Plastic Doors
02.0 Joints: Joints to surrounding walls shall be foamed after setting. Visible joints shall be prepared as indicated in drawings and schedules. 03.0 Doors: Fit to frames for uniform clearance at each edge 04.0 Safe storage: In case the finish flooring is not yet completed, door leaves shall be taken off and stored at a save and convenient place - coordinate with the Engineer. 3 04 Field Quality Control 3 05 Adjusting and Cleaning Adjust hinges and lock strike plates to limit compression to gaskets and allow easy opening and closing. Re-hang or replace doors which do not swing or operate freely. 3 07 Protection Protect frames and doors as recommended by manufacturer to ensure that they are without damage at time of handing over. If necessary, or requested by the engineer, remove door leaves and store at a secure place.
12
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08200 Wood and Plastic Doors
Part 4: Method of Measurement 4 01 General For doors, door frames with and without side- and fanlights the ‘coordinating size’ shall be taken as basis for measurement. Double-leaf doors or doors with side or fanlights will be considered one unit. In cases of factory pre-glazed units the glass will not be measured separately. Hardware which is specified to be supplied with the door will not be measured separately. Hardware for fire-rated doors will not be measured separately. 4 02 Units of Measurement Wood door leaves, door assemblies and door sets shall be enumerated. Fitting, hanging and fixing will be included with the items. Plastic door assemblies shall be enumerated. Fixing will deem to be included with the items.
13
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08200 Wood and Plastic Doors
Part 5: Basis of Payment 5 01 General Payment will be made for complete work including, but not limited to furnishing all materials, equipment, tools, scaffolding, storage facilities, water, power, labour, samples and mock-ups, coordinating work with other trades, checking, examination, testing, quality assurance, cleaning and protecting. 5 02 Ancillary Works to be included in the Unit Rate The following ancillary works shall be included in the unit rate: Fixing of door frames, fitting and hanging of door leaves inclusive of all fixing materials, i.e. anchorages, bolts etc. Establishing heights of finished floor with reference to installation locations. Adjusting, cleaning and protection of the works until final handing over. Removal and storage of door leaves when directed by the Engineer.
14
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08200 Wood and Plastic Doors
Annex: General Information 7 01 Modular System For sizing of door and window openings it is proposed to use the ISO modular system with the basic Module M = 100 mm. See the following Standards for explanation.
ISO 1040 Building construction - Modular Coordination - Multimodules for horizontal coordinating dimensions. ISO 1006 Building construction - Modular coordination - Basic module ISO 1791 Building construction - Modular coordination - Vocabulary ISO 2776 Modular coordination - Coordinating sizes for door sets - External and internal ISO 2848 Building construction - Modular coordination - Principles and rules ISO 6513 Building construction - Modular coordination - Series of preferred multimodular sizes for horizontal dimensions 7 02 Terminology The following terminology is part of: ISO 1804 : 72 Doors and windows, for hinged and pivoted doors of all materials used in building construction. For further explanation of the following terms see attached drawing. (A) Terms relating to structural openings 1 Structural opening: The void within a wall or partition designed to receive a door set 1a Structural opening with non-rebated reveal (figure 1) 1b Structural opening with rebated reveal (figure 2) 11 Structural reveal (rebated or non-rebated) 12 Soffit 13 Vertical side 14 Sill 15 Structural rebate 18 Finished floor (B) Terms relating to door frames 2 Door frame: The frame in which a door (door-leaf) is hung. 2a Door frame with rebate (figure 3) 2b Door frame without rebate (figure 4) 2c Door frame with transom (figure 5) 20 Door frame reveal (rebated or non-rebated) 21 Head 22 Transom 23 Jamb 24 Sill 25 Rebate (C) Terms relating to doors 3 Door: The door leaf of a single leaf door. 31 Internal door: A door of which the two faces are situated internally. 32 External door: Door with at least one face externally. 33 Square edge door 34 Rebated door 15
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08200 Wood and Plastic Doors
35 Rebate 36 Overlap 37 Door leaf (figure 6) 38a Square edge overpanel (figure 7) 38b Rebated overpanel (figure 8)
16
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08200 Wood and Plastic Doors
7 02 01 Illustration of Terms
A.1 STRUCTURAL OPENINGS
12
12 13 13
1b 1a
15
14 18 18
13 13
11 11 FIGURE 1 FIGURE 2
21 A.2 DOOR FRAMES
21 22 22
23 23 23
2c 2a 2b
25 25
24 24 24
20 20 20
FIGURE 3 FIGURE 4 FIGURE 5
A.3 DOORS 38b 38a
FIGURE 7
33 34
(37) (37)
35 36
FIGURE 6 FIGURE 8
17
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
08201 WOOD DOORS
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08201 Wood Doors
1 GENERAL
This specification establishes the requirements for the fabrication, delivery, and installation of wood doors, frames, and hardware.
1.1 Scope
1.1.1 The Scope of work includes fabrication, delivery, and installation of the following:
a. Standard flush wood doors, semi solid core with hardboard faces.
b. Wood frames.
c. Jamb anchors.
d. Finish hardware. 1.1.2 Shop-priming. 1.1.3 Factory-finishing. 1.1.4 Factory pre-fitting to frames and factory-pre-machining for hardware.
1.2 Reference 1.2.1 The requirements of this specification are based on conformance with the following U.S. codes and standards specifications, and sound practice. The Contractor may substitute other international codes and standards to furnish and perform the work, provided that prior written acceptance from the Engineer is obtained. 1.2.2 Abbreviations The abbreviations listed below, when used in this Specification, shall have the following meaning: ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials AWI American Wood Institute NFPA National Fire Protection Association NWWDA National Wood Window and Door Association UL Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. ES Egyptian Standards
1 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08201 Wood Doors
Comply with the latest editions and revisions of the referenced codes and standards in effect on commencement of work unless noted otherwise.
1.3 Submittals i) Product data for each type of door and frame specified, including details of core and edge construction, materials, dimensions, hardware preparation, core profiles and factory-finishing specifications. ii) Shop drawings showing location and size of each door fabrication and installation of door and frames, details of each frame type, elevations of door design types, conditions at openings, details of construction, location and installation requirements of door and frame hardware and reinforcements, details of joints and connections, anchorage and accessory items, requirements for factory-finishing, and other pertinent data. iii) Schedule of doors, frames, and final hardware and keying schedule using the same reference numbers for details and openings as those used on contract drawings and in this specification. Furnish hardware sets for each door. iv) Dimensions and locations of cutouts for locksets as applicable and/or required. v) Samples for the following:
a. Doors for transparent finish: Door faces with solid wood edging representing typical range of colors and grains for each species of lumber required.
b. Factory-finished doors: Each type of factory finish required.
1.4 Quality Standards i) Provide doors complying with NWWDA quality standards for flush wood doors. ii) The Contractor shall control the quality of items and services to meet the requirements of this Specification. applicable codes and standards, and other Contract documents.
1.5 Shipping, Handling, and Storage i) Protect materials during transit, storage, and handling to prevent damage, soiling, and deterioration. Comply with requirements of referenced standards and recommendations of NWWDA 2 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08201 Wood Doors
pamphlet, “How to Store, Handle, Finish, Install, and Maintain Wood Doors,” as well as with manufacturer’s instructions. ii) Identify each door with individual opening numbers that correlate with designation system used on shop drawings for door, frames, and hardware, using temporary, removable or concealed markings. iii) Deliver doors and frames cardboard-wrapped or crated to provide protection during transit and job storage. Provide additional protection to prevent damage to finish of factory- finished doors and frames. iv) Inspect doors and frames upon delivery for damage. Minor damage may be repaired provided refinished items are equal in all respects to new work and acceptable to the Engineer otherwise, remove and replace damaged items as directed. v) Store doors and frames at building site under cover. If cardboard wrapper on door becomes wet, remove carton immediately. Provide sufficient space between stacked doors to promote air circulation.
2 PRODUCTS
2.1 Doors
i) Normal Doors: 50 mm overall thickness hollow tubular core with 75% solid core of softwood flush door and frame sets, 4 mm thickness MDF finish both sides, wood lipping, wood frames, architraves and the like. Natural cherry veneer to be applied on the both door leaf sides. Soft wood sub frame. ii) Fire Rated Doors 60 min (FD60): 55 mm (60 min) / overall door leaf thickness, three layers particle board with. Natural cherry veneer door faces. The door should be tested according to BS476 pt.22, and should be suitable for single and double leaf applications in single swing configurations, and may be glazed. The doors should have the potential to provide for an RW 34 dB (STC 34). Sound performance when tested to BS2750 when used with suitable seals.
2.2 Wood Frames
Massive oak wood frames to be designed according to door types, thickness & size.
3 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08201 Wood Doors
2.3 Paint 2.3.1 Shop Priming
a. Doors for opaque finish: shop prime exposed portions of doors for paint finish with one coat wood primer.
b. Transparent finish: Shop seal faces and edges of doors for transparent finish with polyreythene finish and other required pretreatment and first coat of Engineers selected finish. 2.3.2 Factory Finishing
a. Transparent finish: Manufacturer’s standard finish with performance requirements comparable to either AWI System #2 catalyzed lacquer or AWI System #3 alkyd urea conversion varnish.
b. Opaque finish: Manufacturer’s standard finish with performance requirements comparable to AWI System #7 catalyzed lacquer; color shall be as selected by the Engineer.
3 EXECUTION
3.1 Fabrication
3.1.1 Doors and Frames
Doors and frames shall be prepared to receive hardware conforming to the templates and information provided on Drawings. Doors and frames shall be reinforced, drilled, and tapped to receive mortised hinges, locks, latches, and flush bolts as required. Doors and frames shall be reinforced for surface applied hardware.
Frames shall be massive wood. Rubber silencers shall be furnished for installation into factory predrilled holes in door frames; adhesively applied silencers are not acceptable. Where frames are installed in plaster or masonry walls, plaster guards shall conform to SDOI SDI-100, Model 3, and shall include provisions for glazing.
3.1.2 Fire Rated Doors
4 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08201 Wood Doors
Door Schedule on drawings will indicate where fire-rated doors are to used and their rating requirements.
Fire rated door assemblies shall bear the listing identification label of a nationally recognized testing laboratory qualified to perform tests of fire door assemblies and having a listing for the tested assemblies. The fire resistance rating shall be shown. Listing identification labels shall be constructed and permanently applied by a method, which result in their destruction, should they be removed.
3.2 Installation
i) Do not deliver or install doors until temperature and relative humidity conditions have been stabilized and will be maintained in storage and installation areas during remainder of construction period.
ii) Install flush wood doors, wood frames, and accessories in accordance with final shop drawings, manufacturer’s data, and as herein specified.
3.3 Examination
i) Verify that frames comply with indicated requirements for type, size, location, and swing characteristics and have been installed with plumb jambs and level heads.
ii) Reject doors with defects.
iii) Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.4 Adjustment and Protection
i) Operation: Re-hang or replace doors that do not swing or operate freely.
ii) Finishing doors: Refinish or replace doors damaged during installation.
iii) Protect doors as recommended by door manufacturer to ensure that wood door will be without damage or deterioration at time of substantial completion.
5 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08300 Special Doors
Division 08 - Doors and Windows Section 08300 - Special Doors
Part 1: General 1 01 Summary The work covered by this section consists of providing all tools, labour, equipment and materials, and performing all operations in connection with the fabrication and installation of special doors and frames. 1 01 01 Section includes 01.0 Sliding doors of different material 02.0 Security doors for different purposes 03.0 Cold storage doors 04.0 Overhead coiling doors and grilles 05.0 All-glass doors 06.0 Folding doors 07.0 Sectional overhead doors 08.0 Traffic doors 1 01 04 Related Sections 07700 Roof Specialities and Accessories. 08400 Entrances and Storefronts 08700 Hardware 08800 Glazing 14200 Elevators 15850 Air Handling. 1 02 References 1 02 01 Applicable Standards 1 02 01 03 International Standards 1 02 01 03 01 International Standards Organization (ISO) ISO 209 - Wrought aluminium and aluminium alloys ISO 209 - 1: 89 Chemical composition ISO 209 -2: 89 Forms of products ISO 1461: 99 Metallic coatings - Hot dip galvanized coatings on fabricated iron and steel articles – Specification and test method. ISO 3573: 86 Hot-rolled carbon steel sheet of commercial and drawing qualities. ISO 3574: 86 Cold-rolled carbon steel sheet of commercial and drawing qualities. 1 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08300 Special Doors
ISO 3575: 76 Continues hot-dip zinc-coated carbon steel sheet of commercial, lock-forming and drawing qualities. ISO 3934: 78 Rubber building gaskets - Materials in performed solid vulcanizates used for sealing glazing and panels - Specification ISO 4586 Decorative high-pressure laminates (HPL) - sheets based on thermosetting resins. ISO 4586 - 1: 87 Specifications ISO 4586 - 2: 87 Determination of properties ISO 5002: 82 Hot-rolled and cold-reduced electrolytic zinc-coated carbon steel sheet of commercial and drawing qualities. ISO 6361- Wrought and aluminium alloy sheets, strips and plates. ISO 6361 - 1: 86 Technical conditions for inspection and delivery ISO 6361 - 2: 90 Mechanical properties ISO 6361 - 3: 85 Strips - Tolerances on shape and dimensions ISO 6361 - 4: 88 Sheets and plates - Tolerances on form and dimension ISO 6362 - Wrought aluminium and aluminium alloy extruded rods/bars, tubes and profiles ISO 6362 - 1: 86 Technical conditions for inspection and delivery ISO 6362 - 2: 90 Mechanical properties ISO 6362 - 3: 90 Extruded rectangular bars - Tolerances on dimensions and form ISO 6362 - 4: 88 Extruded profiles - Tolerances on shape and dimensions ISO 6362 - 5: 91 Extruded round, square and hexagonal bars - Tolerances on form and dimensions ISO 6442: 81 Door leaves - Measurement of defects of general flatness ISO 7599 : 83 Anodizing of aluminium and its alloys - General specification for anodic oxide coatings on aluminium. ISO 8270: 85 Doorsets - Soft heavy body impact test ISO 8271: 85 Door leaves - Hard body impact test ISO 11600: 93 Building construction - Sealants - Classification 1 02 01 04 USA Standards 1 02 01 04 01 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) ASTM C236 - 89 Standard Test Method for Steady-State Thermal Performance of Building Assemblies by Means of a Guarded Hot Box. ASTM C976 - 90 Standard Test Method for Thermal Performance of Building Assemblies by Means of a Guarded Hot Box. ASTM E90 - 85 Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions. ASTM E413 - 87 Classification for Determination of Sound Transmission Class 1 02 01 04 03 American National Standards Institution (ANSI) ANSI A208.1 - 93 Mat-formed Wood Particle Board ANSI/NFPA 80 - 92 Fire Doors and Windows ANSI/NWWDA I.S.1-A - 93 Industry Standard for Wood Flush Doors 2 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08300 Special Doors
ANSI/SDI 100 - 91 Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors ANSI/UL 608 - 81 Burglary resistant vault doors 1 02 01 06 British Standards BS 4652: 71(79) Specification for metallic zinc-rich priming paint. BS 6496: 84(91) Specification for powder organic coatings to aluminium BS 6497: 84(91) Specification for powder organic coatings to galvanized steel. 1 02 01 07 German Standards DIN 1249 – 12: 90 Glass for use in building construction; toughened glass; dimensions, working and requirements DIN 18103: 92 Doors, burglar resistant doors, requirements and testing DIN 18203 – 2: 86 Tolerances in building; prefabricated steel components. DIN 18203 – 3: 84 Tolerances for building; building components of timber and wood based panel products. DIN 18250 – 1: 79 Locks; mortice locks for fire barriers, single latch bolt lock DIN 18250 – 2: 79 Locks; mortice locks for fire barriers, three latch bolt shutters DIN 18251: 91 Locks; mortice locks for doors DIN 18252: 91 Locking cylinders for door locks, terminology DIN 18257: 91 Building hardware; security door plates; concepts and definitions, dimensions, requirements, testing and labelling DIN 52290 – 3: 84 Attack blocking glazing; testing of the resistance against break by mean of a cutting striking tool and classification 1 02 02 Codes NFPA 101 Life Safety Code 1 02 03 Other References AAMA 101: 97 Voluntary Specifications for Aluminium, Vinyl (PVC), and Wood Windows and Glass Doors AWI 1300 Architectural flush doors AWI 1500 Factory finishing 1 03 Definitions 1 03 01 Technical Terms block board - plywood with core of solid wood strips wider than 7 mm and smaller than 30 mm batten board - plywood with core of solid wood battens wider than 30 mm butt-type frame - frame which is installed off the structural reveal with a joint casement door - fully glazed panelled door co-ordinating size (dimension) - a dimension of a co-ordinating space, which defines the relative position of two or more components in an assembly, according to the characteristics of the components which are relevant to the assembly. door assembly - it includes a fixed part (door frame), one or more movable parts (door leaves), and it may include over- and side panels door set - an assembly including a fixed part (the door frame), one or more movable parts (the door leaves) and their hardware. The function of which is to allow or to forbid
3 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08300 Special Doors
the access. The door set may include sill, over panel and side panels door closer - device which ensures automatic closing of a door after manual opening door closer regulator - device to ensure that the two leaves of a double door close in the proper order fibreboard - board made of compressed, resinbonded wooden fibres flush door - door leaf that has both faces plane flush panelled door - panelled door in which the panels finish flush with the stiles and rails on one or both faces glazed door - panelled door in which the panels are of glass or similar material glass door - door with a door leaf made of glass hold-open facility - a device designed to override the function of the door closer for specific periods. If its releasing mechanism is automatically or otherwise activated in the case of fire, the door closer will immediately regain its function and the door will close by itself jamb - vertical part of the doorframe mullion - intermediate vertical member in an opening or frame panelled door - door leaf that has stiles and rails and the spaces in between filled with panels particle board - panel product manufactured under pressure from particles of wood or other ligno-cellulose materials and a binder plywood - wood based panel product consisting of an assembly of plies bonded together, some or all of which are wood; normally the direction of the grain in adjacent plies is at right angles, with the outer and inner plies placed symmetrically on each side of a central ply or core. smoke control door - self-closing door set which, when installed and closed is intended to hinder the passage of smoke veneer - Thin sheet of wood produced by rotary cutting, slicing or sawing. wrap around frame - frame which is wider than wall thickness including finishing. 1 03 02 Abbreviations AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers Association (US) AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute (US) BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association (US) K-value Heat transmission factor (ISO) NFPA National Fire protection Association (US) NWWDA National Wood Window and Door Association (US) Rw Sound Transmission Value (German) STC Sound Transmission Class (US) U-value Heat transmission factor (ASHRAE) 1 05 Submittals Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Specification Section 01300. 1 05 01 Product Data Provide product data for each type of door and frame specified, including details of construction, materials, dimensions, hardware preparation, core, label compliance, sound and insulation ratings, profiles and finishes, and manufacturer's instructions. Provide manufacturer’s certificates for all elements indicated showing compliance with referenced standards, and/ or requirements of local authorities. 1 05 02 Shop Drawings Shop Drawings showing fabrication and installation of standard and custom made doors and frames. Include details of each frame type, elevations of door types, conditions at openings, details of construction, location and installation requirements of
4 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08300 Special Doors
door and frame hardware and reinforcements, and details of joints and connections. Show anchorage and accessory items Provide schedule of doors and frames using same reference numbers for details and openings as those on contract drawings (if available). 1 05 03 Samples Samples for initial selection purposes in form of manufacturer’s colour charts showing full range of colours or patterns available for factory-finished doors and frames. Samples for verification purposes of each type of exposed finish required, prepared on samples not less than 10 by 15 cm and of the same thickness and material indicated for the final unit of work. 1 05 04 Quality Control Submittals Documented experience of contractor’s site supervisor(s). Reports and records of contractor’s Internal ‘Quality Control’. Reports and records of contractor’s External ‘Quality Control’. 1 06 Quality Assurance 1 06 01 Qualifications 1 06 01 01 Qualifications of Manufacturers Products used in the work of this Section shall be produced by manufacturers regularly engaged in manufacture of similar items and with a history of successful production acceptable to the Engineer. 1 06 01 02 Qualifications of Installers Use adequate number of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of work . Contractor’s site supervisor(s) shall have knowledge of referenced standards and at least five (5) years of documented experience. 1 06 04 Quality Control 1 06 04 01 Internal Quality Control Contractor’s internal quality control shall include but not be limited to: Checking suppliers test certificates and certificates of compliance to conform to specification and referenced standards prior to assembly or installation. Checking supplier’s delivery tickets of each delivery for completeness and compliance with supply order and specification. 1 07 Delivery, Storage and Handling 1 07 01 Packing and Shipping Deliver storefront system components and doors cardboard-wrapped or crated to provide protection during transit and job storage. Provide additional protection to prevent damage to finish of factory-finished doors and frames. 1 07 02 Storage and Protection System components and doors at building site shall be under cover. Place units on minimum 10 cm high wood blocking. Avoid use of non-vented plastic or canvas shelters, which could create humidity chamber. If cardboard wrapper becomes wet during transport, remove carton immediately. Provide minimum 5 cm spaces between stacked elements to promote air circulation. 5 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08300 Special Doors
Part 2: Products 2 01 Materials 2 01 01 Steel Steel for doors and frames shall comply with the requirements of ISO 3573 and 3574, respectively ISO 3575 or equivalent Standards. The thickness of framing-material shall not be less than 1,5 mm nominal. Provide coating as indicated according to the following Standards: - Electrolytic coatings according to ISO 5002 or an equivalent Standard. - Hot dip galvanized coatings according to ISO 1461 or an equivalent Standard. - Powder organic coating to galvanized steel according to BS 6497 or an equivalent Standard. 2 01 02 Aluminium Extruded profiles and plates of aluminium or aluminium-alloys shall comply with the requirements of ISO 209, 6361 and 6362 or equivalent Standards. Externally used aluminium shall be surface-treated as indicated according to the following Standards: - Anodized finish complying with ISO 7599 or any other equivalent Standard - Powder organic coating complying with BS 6496 or an equivalent Standard. 2 01 03 Stainless Steel Stainless steel for doors and frames shall comply with the requirements of ISO 683 Pt.13 or an equivalent Standard. The thickness of framing-material shall not be less than 1,5 mm nominal 2 01 05 Timber Wood flush doors shall comply with the requirements of ANSI/NWWDA I.S.1-A or an equivalent Standard. 2 01 06 Particle Board Particle board for frames and doors shall comply with the requirements of ANSI A208.1 or an equivalent Standard. 2 01 07 Plywood and Veneer Plywood and Veneer used for doors shall comply with the requirements of ANSI/NWWDA I.S.1-A or an equivalent Standard. 2 01 08 Laminates Decorative high-pressure laminates (HPL) used as finish layer for flush doors shall comply with the requirements of ISO 4586 or an equivalent Standard. 2 01 09 Gaskets Gaskets shall be replaceable and made of rubber material complying with ISO 3934 or an equivalent Standard.
6 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08300 Special Doors
2 01 10 Glass For specification of glass see Section 8800 ‘Glazing’
2 02 Manufactured Units 2 02 01 Access Doors 2 02 02 Sliding Doors and Grilles Provide sliding doors and grilles of design, type and size indicated in drawings and schedules. 2 02 02 01 Top Hung Door Gear Shall comprise a roller track fixed above the door to accommodate adjustable door hangers on rollers with ball or needle bearings. Rollers shall preferably be made of plastic for low noise production if door weight allows for. Track and roller size shall be selected according to weight of door and manufacturer’s recommendations. Aluminium door gears shall comprise a closed system with minimum double rollers for each hanger. Arrangements at the bottom of door shall comprise projecting rollers or a fixed rod running in an inverted channel inserted into the bottom edge of door. Provide door gear of galvanized steel, stainless steel or aluminium as indicated in schedules. 2 02 02 02 Bottom Roller Door Gear A steel rail of galvanized flat steel shall be inserted into the floor. The bottom edge of door shall comprise two steel rollers with ball bearings. Size of rail and rollers shall be selected according to weight of door and manufacturer’s recommendations. At the top of door a steel channel guide rail shall be installed to accommodate locating rollers fixed to the top edge of door. Provide door gear of galvanized steel, stainless steel or aluminium. 2 02 02 03 Sliding Metal Doors 2 02 02 03 01 Door Leaves 01.0 Provide hollow metal door leaves of types, styles and grades as shown on drawings and schedules similar to ANSI/SDI 100 or an equivalent Standard. Use minimum 1 mm thick cold rolled steel for faces. Both faces shall have metal sheeting of one piece without any joints. Thickness shall not be less than 40 mm. Doors shall be internally reinforced to resist impact and to ensure flatness. They shall comply with ISO 8270, 8271 and 6442 or an equivalent Standard. Provide doors of steel or stainless steel as indicated in schedules. 02.0 Louvers: Provide sight proof stationary louvers for interior doors where indicated. Louver blades produced of 1,2 mm cold-rolled steel bend three times and set into 1,0 mm frame. 03.0 Vision glazing: Provide cut-outs for vision-glazing in indicated sizes. Cut-outs shall have glazing stops and beads, fixed with countersunk, oval-headed, nickel-plated or stainless steel screws, depending on framing material. Glazing shall be done in dry glazing method, using neoprene gaskets or similar material. Set glazing only after finish coats have been applied. Provide type of glass as indicated in schedules. 2 02 02 03 02 Finish Hardware Preparation 01.0 Prepare hollow metal units to receive mortised and concealed finish hardware, including cut-outs, reinforcing, drilling and tapping in accordance with 'Finish Hardware Schedule' and templates provided by hardware suppliers.
7 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08300 Special Doors
02.0 Reinforce hollow metal units to receive surface-applied hardware. Drilling and tapping for surface-applied finish hardware may be done at site. 03.0 Position finish hardware in accordance with standards. 04.0 Provide hardware according to hardware schedules - see Section 8700 ‘Hardware’. 2 02 02 03 03 Finish 01.0 Internal steel doors shall have a zinc-coating of average minimum thickness not less than 15 micrometer and treated with one coat of suitable priming paint. 02.0 External and internal steel doors subject to corrosive atmospheres shall be hot- dip galvanized with a minimum layer of 350 g/m2. Alternatively they may be made of hot-dip galvanized steel sheet. Cut ends shall be protected with a metallic zinc- rich priming paint, complying with BS 4652 or an equivalent Standard. They shall be treated with one coat of suitable priming paint. 03.0 Stainless steel shall be finished as indicated in schedules. 2 02 02 03 04 Fire Rating 01.0 Fire-rated door sets shall comply with the requirements of ANSI/NFPA 80 and be tested and labelled according to ASTM E152 or any other equivalent Standard. Testing and labelling shall be done by an authorised and independent Laboratory. They shall be provided according to the requested ratings in schedules. 02.0 Louvers: If louvers are required they shall be of standard size for fire rated doors and fuse-linked for automatic closing in case of fire. 03.0 Glazing: Any vision glazing in these doors shall comply with the required fire rating - see also Section 8800 ‘Glazing’. 04.0 Hardware: Provide these doors with fuse-linked automatic closing device in case of fire. Provide further hardware according to hardware schedule. 2 02 02 03 05 Thermal Rating Thermal rated doors shall be tested and labelled by an authorised and independent Laboratory, according to the requirements of ASTM C236 or ASTM C976 or an equivalent Standard. They shall be set into frames with gaskets on all four sides. Provide thermal rated doors with a max. U-value of 2,0 (W/m2.K), unless otherwise indicated. 2 02 02 03 06 Sound Rating Doors shall be tested and labelled by an authorised and independent Laboratory, according to the requirements of ASTM E90 and classified according to the requirements of ASTM E 413 or an equivalent Standard. Provide sound rated assemblies with ratings based on STC or Rw, as indicated in schedules. 2 02 02 04 Sliding Wood Doors 2 02 02 04 01 General 01.0 Flush wood doors shall be sound, rigid and free from warp and buckle. All edges shall be aligned and smooth. Leaves shall be of minimum thickness 40 mm. 02.0 Flush wood doors shall comply with the requirements of ANSI/NWWDA I.S.1-A or an equivalent Standard. Species and grade of lumber and wood veneers shall be as described in these standards.
8 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08300 Special Doors
03.0 The moisture content of all wood components shall average from 6 to 8 percent and shall be at equilibrium with the same relative humidity condition at the time of door fabrication. 2 02 02 04 02 Decorative Faces Provide decorative faces as follows: 01.0 Wood veneer grade one; species as indicated in schedules. 02.0 High pressure decorative laminate (HPL) as indicated in schedules. 03.0 Wood veneer grade two or medium density overlay (MDO) for paint surfaces. 2 02 02 04 03 Core Construction 01.0 Solid particle board 02.0 Semisolid particle board with tubular cavities through its length. 03.0 Staved lumber (block board) according to ANSI/NWWDA I.S.1-A. The wood blocks in any one core shall be of one species. 04.0 Hollow core of expanded honeycomb made of corrugated fibreboard. 2 02 02 04 04 Stiles and Rails Doors shall have 30 mm wide stiles and rails made of thoroughly kiln-dried hardwood lumber. For doors with hardwood veneer faces or HPL-laminated they shall match the face veneer. 2 02 02 04 05 Finishing Doors shall be factory finished on all sides. Transparent finish for veneered doors shall be according to AWI 1500 ; enamel finish according to SSA 472 or an equivalent Standard. Provide colours, sheen and pattern as indicated in schedules. 2 02 02 04 06 Glazed Openings Cut-outs should be minimum 15 cm off the edge of the door as well as other cut-outs such as mortised locks. Vision glazing shall be done according to schedules and drawings. Glass shall be fixed by means of beads on both sides, nailed with countersunk nails outside and screwed with oval headed and nickel-plated screws inside. Drill countersunk holes before painting or spraying. Factory-pre-glazed doors with type of glass indicated. 2 02 02 04 07 Louvers Provide sight proof, stationary louvers where indicated. Louver blades and frames shall be made of minimum 1,5 mm thick extruded aluminium with an anodised finish. Frames shall cover both sides of the cut-out and fixed with countersunk, oval-headed and nickel-plated screws. Provide finish as indicated in schedules. 2 02 02 04 08 Finish Hardware Preparation Factory-premachine flush doors for hardware in accordance with ‘Finish Hardware Schedule’ and templates provided by hardware suppliers. Position finish hardware in accordance with the adequate standards. For hardware specification see Section 8700 ‘Hardware’
9 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08300 Special Doors
2 02 02 05 Sliding Glass Doors 01.0 Provide sliding glass doors as single or double doors in size and shape with top hung- or bottom roller door gear as indicated in drawings and schedules, according to AAMA101 or an equivalent Standard. 02.0 Fabricate sliding glass doors with stiles and rails made of slim-line aluminium profiles. Use manufacturer’s standard extruded aluminium sections complying with ISO 209 or an equivalent Standard. Tempered float glass shall be set into these frames by means of dry-glazing method with pre-formed gaskets of neoprene or similar material acceptable to the Engineer. 03.0 Fasteners: Provide aluminium, stainless steel, or other noncorrosive metal fasteners compatible with aluminium. Do not use exposed fasteners. 04.0 Provide glass as indicated in schedules and comply with Section 8800 ‘Glazing’. 05.0 Finish: Provide Finish as indicated in schedules. Anodised finish shall be of minimum thickness 15 micrometer . Powder organic coating shall be of minimum thickness 60 micrometer. 2 02 04 Security Doors 2 02 04 01 Burglar Resistant Doors Burglar resistance is the ability of a door to resist attempts to damage or destroy parts of the door for the purpose of forcing entry into the zone which the door is intended to protect, in accordance with the criteria specified in the referenced standard. 01.0 Provide burglar resistant single swing doors of design, type and material indicated in drawings and schedules. Doors shall be fabricated and tested according to the requirements of DIN 18103 or an equivalent Standard. Testing shall be done by an independent laboratory. Doors shall be durably marked with DIN 18103 - EH or an equivalent label. 02.0 Glazing: Any glazing in these doors shall conform at least to resistance class B2 as specified in DIN 52290 - 3. 03.0 Hardware: Provide these doors with complete hardware. Tumbler locks shall conform to class 3 of DIN 18251 or DIN 18250 Part 1 with at least 5 tumblers. Cylinder locks shall conform to DIN 18251 or DIN 18251 - 1 with locking cylinders as specified in DIN 18252. Security doorplates shall conform to DIN 18257 or a comparable mechanical protection shall be provided. 04.0 Finish: Provide these doors with finish indicated in schedules. 2 02 04 02 Vault Doors Classifications according to UL 608 are as follows: A - Class 1 - 1/2 h B - Class 2 - 1 h C - Class 3 - 2 h Provide attack- and fire-resistant swing doors of design and size indicated in drawings and schedules. 01.0 Provide GSA Class 5 Security Vault Door in accordance with the applicable Standard tested and labelled by an authorised and independent laboratory. 02.0 Provide attack-resistant vault door in accordance with ANSI/UL 608 - safety standard; classification and fire resistance as indicated in schedules.
10 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08300 Special Doors
2 02 04 02 01 Frames Frames shall be fully welded units with integral trim. Knock-down frames are not acceptable. They shall have gaskets on all sides. Provide anchors designed to transfer all blast loading or attach properly to walls or subframes. 2 02 04 02 02 Doors Doors shall be made of steel sheets without any visible seams including vertical edges. They shall be insulated with non-combustible insulation material. 2 02 04 02 03 Hardware Provide doors and frames with complete hardware. Doors shall be equipped with key change combination lock and inside escape device. 2 02 04 02 04 Day Gate Provide gates if required. They shall have a frame of steel angles or hollow profiles with min. one intermediate rail. Panels shall be of heavy wire mesh. The lock shall be operable from either side. 2 02 04 02 05 Finish Grind all exposed welds smooth after fabrication, clean all surfaces to insure proper paint adhesion and provide the following finish: 01.0 Zinc-coating of minimum thickness 15 micrometer and treated with one coat of suitable priming paint. 02.0 Hot-dip galvanized with a minimum layer of 350 g/m2, complying with the requirements of ISO 1461 or an equivalent Standard and treated with one coat of suitable priming paint. 2 02 05 Cold Storage Doors Cold storage doors and frames shall be manufacturer’s standard comprising the following requirements: 01.0 Frame and door shall be made of aluminium in thermal-break construction. Surface shall be natural anodised of min. thickness 20 micrometer. 02.0 Insulation shall be extruded polystyrol, polyurethane or similar material. Provide U-value (W/m2.K) as indicated in schedules. 03.0 Gaskets shall be provided of neoprene or similar material in two planes on all four sides. It shall be flexible even under cold room temperatures of approximately -18 deg. C. Door shall be fully airtight in closed position. 04. 0 Hardware: Provide door with complete hardware installed. Hinges shall be of natural anodised aluminium or stainless steel. Operation shall be by a lever handle from both sides 2 02 06 Overhead Coiling Doors and Grilles 2 02 06 01 General Provide coiling doors and grilles according to designs, sizes and wind loads shown on drawings and schedules. 2 02 06 02 Overhead Coiling Doors 2 02 06 02 01 Door Curtain Fabricate door curtain of interlocking slats designed to withstand required wind load, of continuous length for width of door without splices. Material thickness shall be manufacturer’s standard for the adequate width.
11 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08300 Special Doors
Provide curtain slats as follows: 01.0 Use hot-dip galvanized steel sheets (min. thickness 0,8 mm, min. zinc-coating 275 g/m2) for fabrication of standard “S”- configuration slats. Apply one coat of prime paint prior to roll-forming. 02.0 Use hot-dip galvanized steel sheets (min. thickness 0,8 mm outside and 0,6 mm inside, min. zinc-coating 275 g/ m2) for fabrication of insulated flat slats. Apply one coat of prime paint prior to roll-forming. Insulate with approx. 20 mm polystyrene. 03.0 Use minimum 1,0 mm thick, clear anodised aluminium, for fabrication of flat slats. 04.0 Use minimum 1,0 mm thick, clear anodised aluminium, for fabrication of flat slats, punched across the entire length, which will provide an open area of approximately 30 %. Endlocks: Galvanized, malleable iron castings fixed to slats with rivets. Provide locks on alternate slats for alignment and resistance against lateral movement. Wind locks: Galvanized malleable iron castings fixed to slats with rivets. Unless otherwise recommended by door manufacturer, provide wind locks on doors exceeding 4,50 m in width. Bottom bar: Consisting of 2 angles, each not less than 25 x 25 x 3 mm, either galvanized steel or aluminium extrusions to suit type of curtain slats. Provide a replaceable gasket of flexible vinyl or neoprene between angles as a weather seal and cushion bumper for manually operated doors. 2 02 06 02 02 Jambs 01.0 Jamb guides: Steel angles or channels and angles with sufficient depth and strength to retain curtain loading. Use sections not less than 4,0 mm thick. Slot bolt holes for track adjustment. 02.0 Fix continuous wall angle with minimum 8 mm bolts at 75 cm distances, unless closer spacing recommended by door manufacturer. 03.0 Provide removable stops on guides to prevent overtravel of curtain and also allow for curtain maintenance without removal of guides. 04.0 Provide vinyl or neoprene weather-stripping for exterior exposed doors except where otherwise indicated. 2 02 06 02 03 Counterbalancing Mechanism 01.0 Counterbalance doors by means of adjustable steel helical torsion spring, mounted around a steel shaft, set into a spring barrel and connected to door curtain with barrel rings. Use grease-sealed bearings or self-lubricating graphite bearings for rotating members. 02.0 Counterbalance Barrel: Fabricate spring barrel of hot formed structural steel pipe of sufficient size to support roll-up of curtain without distortion of slats, and limit barrel deflection to max. 2,5 mm per meter of span under full load. 03.0 Spring balance: Provide spring balance of oil-tempered, helical torsion springs. Springs shall be compression type design to facilitate any counterbalance maintenance. Adjustments shall be accessible from outside barrel. Cast iron spring anchors shall transfer full spring loading to the barrel. 04.0 Brackets: Bracket plates for mounting the curtain and barrel assembly shall be made from minimum 4,0 mm steel plate and attached to the wall angle of the guide assembly with 12,0 mm hardened bolts. 05.0 Hood: Form to entirely enclose coiled curtain and operating mechanism. Use minimum 0,6 mm hot-dip galvanized, prime painted steel sheet (min. zink coating 275 g/ m2), or anodised aluminium sheets of 0,8 mm minimum thickness, depending on curtain material. 12 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08300 Special Doors
2 02 06 02 04 Operator 01.0 Provide chain drive for manual operation. 02.0 Provide single phase electric motor with built-in overload protection for voltage indicated, inclusive transmission gear to allow for door travel of 15 to 30 cm per second.
Safety devices: - Adjustable friction clutch to protect door and operator if door movement is obstructed. - Limit switches enclosed in electrical control box, easily accessible for precision setting. - Floor operated disconnect or chain hoist for manual operation. 2 02 06 02 05 Finishing 01.0 Shop clean and prime all ferrous non galvanized metal with manufacturer’s standard rust-inhibitive primer. 02.0 Galvanise (hot-dip) all ferrous metal after fabrication, min. thickness 350 g/m2 and apply one coat of primer. 03.0 Apply two finish coats of manufacturer’s standard enamel paint to galvanized and primed curtain slats before assembling. 04.0 Provide colours as indicated in schedules. 2 02 06 03 Overhead Coiling Fire Doors 2 02 06 03 01 General Provide overhead coiling fire doors complying with Underwriters Laboratory (UL) requirements for Class A doors or an equivalent requirement. They shall be tested and labelled by an authorised and independent laboratory. Fire rating shall be as indicated in schedules. 2 02 06 03 02 Curtain Slats Fabricate door curtain of interlocking slats. Use hot-dip galvanized steel sheets (min. zinc-coating 275 g/m2) for fabrication of standard “S”- configuration slats. Apply one coat of prime paint prior to roll-forming. 2 02 06 03 03 Jambs 01.0 Jamb guides: Steel angles or channels and angles with sufficient depth and strength to retain curtain loading. Use sections not less than 4,0 mm thick. Slot bolt holes for track adjustment. 02.0 Fix continuous wall angle with minimum 8 mm bolts at 75 cm distances, unless closer spacing recommended by door manufacturer. 03.0 Provide removable stops on guides to prevent overtravel of curtain and also allow for curtain maintenance without removal of guides. 2 02 06 03 04 Counterbalancing Mechanism 01.0 Counterbalance doors by means of adjustable steel helical torsion spring, mounted around a steel shaft, set into a spring barrel and connected to door curtain with barrel rings. Use grease-sealed bearings or self-lubricating graphite bearings for rotating members. 02.0 Counterbalance Barrel: Fabricate spring barrel of hot formed structural steel pipe of sufficient size to support roll-up of curtain without distortion of slats, and limit barrel deflection to max. 2,5 mm per meter of span under full load.
13 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08300 Special Doors
03.0 Spring balance: Provide spring balance of oil-tempered, helical torsion springs. Springs shall be compression type design to facilitate any counterbalance maintenance. Adjustments shall be accessible from outside barrel. Cast iron spring anchors shall transfer full spring loading to the barrel. 04.0 Brackets: Bracket plates for mounting the curtain and barrel assembly shall be made from minimum 4,0 mm steel plate and attached to the wall angle of the guide assembly with 12,0 mm hardened bolts. 05.0 Hood: Form to entirely enclose coiled curtain and operating mechanism. Use minimum 0,6 mm hot-dip galvanized, prime painted steel sheet with min. zinc coating of 275 g/ m2. 2 02 06 03 05 Operator 01.0 Provide chain drive for manual operation. 02.0 Provide single phase electric motor with built-in overload protection for voltage indicated, inclusive transmission gear to allow for door travel of 15 to 30 cm per second.
Safety devices: - Adjustable friction clutch to protect door and operator if door movement is obstructed. - Limit switches enclosed in electrical control box, easily accessible for precision setting. - Floor operated disconnect or chain hoist for manual operation. 2 02 06 03 06 Automatic Closure Automatic closing device to be initiated by: 01.0 Melting of fusible link 02.0 Smoke detector 03.0 Heat detector 04.0 Building alarm system Starter mechanism shall transfer a portion of spring tension to door shaft, causing curtain to close. Use bronze or any non-corrosive material for springs and pawls to insure descent at any emergency case. Governor shall control descent in order to avoid potential injuries. They shall be opened manually in case of emergency. Governor and starter mechanism shall not interfere with normal door operation. 2 02 06 03 07 Finishing 01.0 Shop clean and prime all ferrous non-galvanized metal with manufacturer’s standard rust inhibitive primer. 02.0 Galvanise (hot-dip) all ferrous metal after fabrication, min. thickness 350 g/m2 and apply one coat of primer. 03.0 Apply two finish coats of manufacturer’s standard enamel paint to galvanized and primed curtain slats before assembling. 04.0 Provide colours as indicated in schedules. 2 02 06 04 Overhead Coiling Grilles 2 02 06 04 01 Door Curtain Door Curtain shall consist of 8 mm aluminium rods; vertically spaced 5 cm, with interlocking links spaced horizontally 15 cm maximum.
14 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08300 Special Doors
2 02 06 04 02 Jamb Guides Extruded aluminium guide with wool pile inserts to reduce noise. Fix continuous wall angle with minimum 8 mm bolts at 75 cm distances, unless closer spacing recommended by door manufacturer. Provide removable stops on guides to prevent overt-ravel of curtain and also allow for curtain maintenance without removal of guides. 2 02 06 04 03 Counterbalancing Mechanism 01.0 Counterbalance curtain by means of adjustable steel, helical torsion spring, mounted around a steel shaft, set into a spring barrel and connected to door curtain with barrel rings. Use grease-sealed bearings or self-lubricating graphite bearings for rotating members. 02.0 Counterbalance barrel: Fabricate spring barrel of hot formed structural steel pipe of sufficient size to support roll-up of curtain without distortion, and limit barrel deflection to max. 2,5 mm per meter of span under full load. 03.0 Spring balance: Provide spring balance of oil-tempered, helical torsion springs. Springs shall be compression type design to facilitate any counterbalance maintenance. Adjustments shall be accessible from outside barrel. Cast iron spring anchors shall transfer full spring loading to the barrel. 04.0 Brackets: Bracket plates for mounting the curtain and barrel assembly shall be made of minimum 4,0 mm steel plate and attached to the wall angle of the guide assembly with 12,0 mm hardened bolts. 05.0 Hood: Form to entirely enclose coiled curtain and operating mechanism. Use minimum 0,8 mm, clear anodised sheet aluminium and intermediate support brackets as recommended by the manufacturer. 2 02 06 04 04 Operator 01.0 Provide chain drive for manual operation. 02.0 Provide single phase electric motor with built-in overload protection for voltage indicated, inclusive transmission gear to allow for curtain travel of 15 to 30 cm per second.
Safety devices: - Adjustable friction clutch to protect door and operator if door movement is obstructed. - Limit switches enclosed in electrical control box, easily accessible for precision setting. - Floor operated disconnect or chain hoist for manual operation. 2 02 06 04 05 Finishing 01.0 Shop clean and prime all ferrous non galvanized metal with manufacturer’s standard rust inhibitive primer. 02.0 Galvanise (hot-dip) all ferrous metal after fabrication, min. thickness 350 g/m2 and apply one coat of primer. 03.0 Anodise curtain elements before assembling as indicated. 2 02 06 05 Overhead Coiling Counter Doors 2 02 06 05 01 Door Curtain Fabricate door curtain of interlocking slats, of continuous length for width of door without splices. Material thickness shall be manufacturer’s standard for the adequate width. Provide curtain slats as follows:
15 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08300 Special Doors
01.0 Use minimum 1,0 mm thick, anodised aluminium for fabrication of flat slats. 02.0 Use hot-dip galvanized steel sheets (min. thickness 0,8 mm, min. zinc-coating 275 g/ m2) for fabrication of flat slats. Apply one coat of primer prior to roll- forming. 03.0 Use minimum 0,8 mm thick stainless steel sheets for fabrication of flat slats. End-locks: Provide security end-locks for doors wider than 3,50 m. Bottom bar: Consisting of extruded aluminium, or galvanized and primed steel, or stainless steel to suit type of curtain slats. Provide sliding lock bolt, lifting handle (manual operation) and extruded vinyl astragal for sill protection. 2 02 06 05 02 Jamb Guides Provide extruded aluminium sections, galvanized steel or stainless steel to suit the type of curtain slats. Use wool pile inserts on both sides to reduce noise and slat wear. Provide removable bell mouth stops on guides to prevent overtravel of curtain and also allow for curtain maintenance without removal of guides. 2 02 06 05 03 Counterbalancing Mechanism 01.0 Counterbalance doors by means of adjustable oil-tempered helical torsion spring, grease-packed and mounted around a steel shaft. Springs shall be compression type design to facilitate any counterbalance maintenance. Adjustments shall be accessible from outside barrel. 02.0 Counterbalance Barrel: Fabricate spring barrel of hot formed structural steel pipe of sufficient size to support roll-up of curtain without distortion of slats, and limit barrel deflection to max. 2,5 mm per meter of span under full load. Spring end of barrel shall be fitted with an easily removable plug disc bearing housing to facilitate easy access to counterbalance assembly and bearing. 03.0 Brackets: Bracket plates for mounting the curtain and barrel assembly shall be made from minimum 4,0 mm steel plate, formed to provide flanged mounting surface for hood attachment and galvanized (hot dip) after fabrication. The drive side bracket shall be fitted with a sealed ball bearing. 04.0 Hood: Form to entirely enclose coiled curtain and operating mechanism. Use anodised aluminium sheets of 0,8 mm minimum thickness, or minimum 0,6 mm hot-dip galvanized and prime painted steel sheet (min. zinc coating 275 g/ m2), or minimum 0,6 mm stainless steel sheet, depending on curtain material. 2 02 06 05 04 Operator 01.0 Manual operation with lifting handle, doors greater than 3,0 m wide or 2,0 m high shall be provided with crank operation. 02.0 Provide single phase electric motor with built-in overload protection for voltage indicated, inclusive transmission gear to allow for door travel of 15 to 30 cm per second. Provide three button momentary contact on OPEN, CLOSE, STOP with safety edge to reverse and open by overriding feature. 2 02 06 05 05 Finishing 01.0 Apply two finish coats of manufacturer’s standard enamel paint to galvanized and primed curtain slats, jamb guides and hood before assembling. 02.0 Provide colours for painted and anodised finishes as indicated in schedules. 2 02 06 06 Overhead Coiling Counter Fire Doors 2 02 06 06 01 General Overhead coiling counter fire doors shall comply with Underwriters Laboratory (UL) requirements for Class A doors or an equivalent requirement. They shall be tested
16 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08300 Special Doors
and labelled by an authorised and independent laboratory. Fire rating shall be as indicated in schedules. 2 02 06 06 02 Curtain Slats 01.0 Fabricate door curtain of interlocking slats. Use hot-dip galvanized steel sheets (min. zinc-coating 275 g/ m2) for fabrication of standard “S”- configuration slats. Apply one coat of primer prior to roll-forming. 02.0 End-locks: Provide security end-locks for doors wider than 3,50 m. 03.0 Bottom bar: Consisting of galvanized and primed steel. Provide sliding lock bolt, lifting handle (manual operation) and extruded vinyl astragal for sill protection. 2 02 06 06 03 Jamb Guides Provide galvanized steel sections. Use inserts on both sides to reduce noise and slat wear. Provide removable bell mouth stops on guides to prevent overtravel of curtain and also allow for curtain maintenance without removal of guides. 2 02 06 06 04 Counterbalancing Mechanism 01.0 Counterbalance doors by means of adjustable oil-tempered helical torsion spring, grease-packed and mounted around a steel shaft. Springs shall be compression type design to facilitate any counterbalance maintenance. Adjustments shall be accessible from outside barrel. 02.0 Counterbalance Barrel: Fabricate spring barrel of hot formed structural steel pipe of sufficient size to support roll-up of curtain without distortion of slats, and limit barrel deflection to max. 2,5 mm per meter of span under full load. Spring end of barrel shall be fitted with an easily removable plug disc-bearing housing to facilitate easy access to counterbalance assembly and bearing. 03.0 Brackets: Bracket plates for mounting the curtain and barrel assembly shall be made from minimum 4,0 mm steel plate, formed to provide flanged mounting surface for hood attachment and galvanized (hot dip) after fabrication. The drive side bracket shall be fitted with a sealed ball bearing. 04.0 Hood: Form to entirely enclose coiled curtain and operating mechanism. Use minimum 0,6 mm hot-dip galvanized and primed steel sheet (min. zinc coating 275 g/ m2). 2 02 06 06 05 Operator 01.0 Manual operation with lifting handles; doors greater than 3,0 m wide or 2,0 m high shall be provided with crank operation. 02.0 Provide single phase electric motor with built-in overload protection for voltage indicated, inclusive transmission gear to allow for door travel of 15 to 30 cm per second. Provide three button momentary contact on OPEN, CLOSE, STOP with safety edge to reverse and open by overriding feature. 2 02 06 06 06 Automatic Closure Automatic closing device to be initiated by: 01.0 Melting of fusible link 02.0 Smoke detector 03.0 Heat detector 04.0 Building alarm system Starter mechanism shall transfer a portion of spring tension to door shaft, causing curtain to close. Use bronze or any non-corrosive material for springs and pawls to insure descent at any emergency case. Governor shall control descent in order to 17 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08300 Special Doors
avoid potential injuries. They shall be opened manually in case of emergency. Governor and starter mechanism shall not interfere with normal door operation. 2 02 06 06 07 Finishing 01.0 Apply two finish coats of manufacturer's standard enamel paint to galvanized and primed curtain slats, jamb guides and hood before assembling. 02.0 Provide colours as indicated in schedules. 2 02 07 All-Glass Doors Provide ‘All-Glass’ doors of design, type and size indicated in drawings and schedules 2 02 07 01 Frames 2 02 07 01 01 General 01.0 Provide metal door frames of types and styles indicated on drawings and schedules, complying with ANSI/SDI 100 or an equivalent Standard. 02.0 Fabricate metal door frames to be rigid, neat in appearance and free from defects, warp or buckle. Accurately form metal according to schedules and drawings to required sizes and profiles. 03.0 Frames shall consist of jambs, head and where applicable transom. Corners shall be mitred and welded, or rigidly joined together by mechanical means. Provide frames of material indicated in schedules. 04.0 The bases of frames shall be braced with adjustable base ties to hold the frames rigid during transit and erection. 05.0 Fasteners: Each jamb shall be provided with three fastening devices, made of galvanized mild steel of minimum thickness 1,5 mm. Fasteners shall be concealed wherever possible. For exposed fastening provide countersunk flat head screws. 2 02 07 01 02 Hardware Application 01.0 Mortar guards shall be welded in the frame where cut-outs are provided for lock strike plates, bolts and hinges. 02.0 Hinges: Frames shall be prepared for mounting of screwed-on special hinges with reinforcing plates of 2,5 mm minimum thickness, adjustable in 3 ways, and fixed with countersunk screws. 03.0 Lock strike plates shall be adjustable and either galvanized or of stainless steel, depending on framing material. 2 02 07 01 03 Fanlights Provision shall be made for glazing fanlights of ceiling height frames by means of beads and dry-glazing. Beads shall be fixed with countersunk, oval-headed and nickel- plated or stainless steel screws, depending on framing material. 2 02 07 01 04 Gaskets Provide pre-formed gaskets of neoprene or similar material acceptable to the Engineer, on jambs, heads and if applicable for glazing of fanlights. 2 02 07 02 Door Leaves Door leaves shall be made of fully tempered float glass of 10 mm thickness, produced according to the requirements of DIN 1249 - 12 or an equivalent Standard. Any drilling and cutting shall be done before tempering. All edges shall be bevelled and ground smooth. Provide colours or pattern as indicated in schedules.
18 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08300 Special Doors
2 02 07 03 Hardware Provide doors with complete hardware as indicated in ‘Hardware Schedule’ . 2 02 07 04 Glazing 01.0 Door leaf: see above! 02.0 Fanlight: Provide glazing if applicable as indicated in schedules . 2 02 07 05 Finish Provide finish as indicated in schedules. 01.0 Steel frames shall be zinc-coated with minimum thickness 15 micrometer and treated with one coat of suitable priming paint. 02.0 Steel frames for humid areas shall be hot-dip galvanized with a minimum layer of 350 g/m2, complying with the requirements of ISO 1461 or an equivalent Standard and treated with one coat of suitable priming paint. 03.0 Stainless Steel frames: As indicated in schedules. 04.0 Aluminium frames shall be either anodised with min. thickness 15 micrometer, or powder organic coated with min. thickness 60 micrometer. 2 02 08 Folding Doors and Grilles 2 02 08 01 Accordion Folding Doors 2 02 08 01 01 Frame Frame construction shall consist of galvanized steel hinge plates, welded to min. 5 mm vertical steel rods with a single row at bottom and top, and intermediate rows at max. 1,0 m distances. Trolley pin of high tensile strength to be encased in hinge plate. 2 02 08 01 02 Finish Any finish applied shall be flame retardant. 01.0 Heavy duty vinyl with woven fibre backing 02.0 Vertically ribbed carpet 03.0 Fabric backed with foam and polyester knit laminate 04.0 Provide colours as indicated in schedules 2 02 08 01 03 Suspension System Suspension system shall consist of continuous C-channel track of galvanized steel, with factory finish, fixed to the existing structure. It may be recessed or surface mounted as indicated in drawings. Frame shall be supported by ball bearing trolley assemblies. 2 02 08 01 04 Sound Seals 01.0 Sound seals shall be pairs of flexible sweep strips at top and bottom. Lead posts shall nest into an extended aluminium, foam-lined jamb. 02.0 Provide acoustical performance as indicated in schedules, based on STC or RW. Doors shall be tested and labelled by an authorised and independent laboratory in accordance with ASTM E90 or an equivalent Standard. 2 02 08 01 05 Hardware Support system as defined above. Pull handle with integrated latch as manufacturer’s standard application.
19 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08300 Special Doors
2 02 08 02 Panel Folding Doors 2 02 08 02 01 Folding Panels Folding panels shall be made of min. 10 mm thick, high density particle board, in widths between 15 and 35 cm, depending on width of door. They shall be continuously connected (full height) by extruded vinyl hinges; colour-co-ordinate with panel finish. 2 02 08 02 02 Finish 01.0 Panel finish shall be factory applied wood grain vinyl laminate. 02.0 Colours and patterns will be chosen by the Engineer from manufacturer’s color chart. 2 02 08 02 03 Suspension System Suspension system shall consist of continuous C-channel track of galvanized steel, with factory finish, fixed to the existing structure. It may be recessed or surface- mounted as indicated in drawings. Panels shall be supported by 2-wheel ball bearing trolley assemblies mounted on each panel and a 4-wheel assembly on the lead post. 2 02 08 02 04 Hardware Support system as defined above. Pull handle with integrated latch as manufacturer’s standard application. 2 02 09 Sectional Overhead Doors Provide sectional overhead doors of design, type and size indicated in drawings and schedules. 2 02 09 01 Doors - Solid Sections 2 02 09 01 01 Door Curtain Fabricate door curtain of flat or ribbed, smooth or embossed sections as indicated, with roll-formed tongue and groove joint between sections for water tightness. They shall be of continuous length for width of door without splices, designed to withstand required wind load. Material thickness shall be manufacturer’s standard for the adequate width. Provide sections as follows: 01.0 Use hot-dip galvanized steel sheets (min. thickness 0,7 mm, min. zinc-coating 275 g/ m2) for fabrication of approx. 5 cm thick standard sections. Apply one coat of primer before roll forming. 02.0 Provide interior insulation of polystyrene or similar material with a U-value for the panel of 0,2 W/ m2.K. Cover insulation with galvanized steel sheets similar to sections. 03.0 Use hot-dip galvanized steel sheets (min. thickness 0,55 mm, min. zinc-coating 275 g/ m2) for fabrication of approx. 5 cm thick sandwich sections with polystyrene core. Apply one coat of primer before roll forming. Provide thermal break for interlocking joints. Max U-value for the total installed set 0,2 W/m2.K. Stiles: End stiles and intermediate stiles to be min. 1,5 mm thick galvanized steel, fixed to outside face with stainless steel rivets and welded to interior rail. Vision panels: Vision panels shall be of the indicated size and type of glass, set into aluminium frame with snap-in glazing beads, or encased in one piece vulcanised EPDM-rubber frame.
20 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08300 Special Doors
2 02 09 01 02 Tracks Tracks shall be of galvanized steel, min.5 cm deep depending on door size. They shall be mounted by brackets or continuous angle, fully adjustable for sealing door to jamb. 2 02 09 01 03 Counterbalancing Mechanism Heavy duty oil-tempered wire torsion springs on continuous ball bearing cross header shaft. Galvanized aircraft-type lifting cables with min. safety factor of 5 to 1. 2 02 09 01 04 Hardware Hinges and brackets to be made from galvanized steel. Provide track rollers with ball bearings and lock for standard profile-cylinder application. 2 02 09 01 05 Weather-stripping Bottom of door shall have flexible U-shape vinyl seal in aluminium retainer. Perimeter seals for jambs, header and between sections shall be provided for insulated doors only, if not otherwise indicated. 2 02 09 01 06 Operator 01.0 Provide door handles on bottom section for push-up operation. 02.0 Provide chain hoist for manual operation. 03.0 Provide single phase electric motor with built-in overload protection for voltage indicated, inclusive transmission gear to allow for door travel of 15 to 30 cm per second. Safety devices: - Adjustable friction clutch to protect door and operator if door movement is obstructed. - Limit switches enclosed in electrical control box, easily accessible for precision setting. - Floor operated disconnect or chain hoist for manual operation. 2 02 09 01 07 Finishing 01.0 Exterior of door sections (sandwich sections both outer faces) shall have two coats of manufacturer’s standard enamel paint over primer. Interior of sections shall have one coat of enamel paint over primer. 02.0 Provide colours as indicated in schedules. 2 02 09 02 Doors - Framed Sections 2 02 09 02 01 Door Curtain 01.0 Fabricate door curtain of extruded aluminium profiles with min. wall thickness of 1,5 mm. Meeting rails shall have offset interlocking joints to provide watertight closure and assure alignment the full width of each section. Sections shall be min. 5 cm thick. Sizes of profiles shall be defined by manufacturer for door width and required wind load. 02.0 Panels: Solid panels shall be of min. 1,0 mm thick aluminium, held in place by inside snap-in glazing beads of aluminium or vinyl material. 03.0 Glazing: Sections shall be factory pre-glazed with type of glass indicated in schedule. Fix glass panes similar to aluminium panels. 2 02 09 02 02 Tracks Tracks shall be of galvanized steel, min.5 cm deep depending on door size. They shall be mounted by brackets or continuous angle, fully adjustable for sealing door to jamb.
21 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08300 Special Doors
2 02 09 02 03 Counterbalancing Mechanism Heavy duty oil-tempered wire torsion springs on continuous ball bearing cross header shaft. Galvanized aircraft-type lifting cables with min. safety factor of 5 to 1. 2 02 09 02 04 Hardware Hinges and brackets shall be made from min. 2,0 mm thick galvanized steel. Provide track rollers with ball bearings and lock for standard profile-cylinder application. 2 02 09 02 05 Weather-stripping (1) Bottom of door shall have flexible U-shape vinyl seal in aluminium retainer. (2) Provide perimeter seals for jambs, header and between sections of vinyl or similar material. 2 02 09 02 06 Operator 01.0 Provide aluminium handles on bottom rail for push up operation. 02.0 Provide chain hoist for manual operation. 03.0 Provide single phase electric motor with built-in overload protection for voltage indicated, inclusive transmission gear to allow for door travel of 15 to 30 cm per second. Safety devices: Adjustable friction clutch to protect door and operator if door movement is obstructed. Limit switches enclosed in electrical control box, easily accessible for precision setting. Floor operated disconnect or chain hoist for manual operation. 2 02 09 02 07 Finishing 01.0 Aluminium profiles and panels shall be mill finish. 02.0 Aluminium profiles and panels shall be anodised of min. 15 micrometer thickness. 03.0 Aluminium profiles and panels shall be factory finished by means of powder organic coating of minimum thickness 60 micrometer. 04.0 Provide colours as indicated in schedules. 2 02 10 Traffic Doors 2 02 10 01 Flexible Strip Doors Curtain shall be made of high quality, clear PVC strips. Width and thickness of strips shall be defined according to height of door; minimum size shall be 200 x 2 mm. Doors for interior use shall overlap approx. 50 % of width (single overlap); exterior doors approx. 90 - 100 % (double overlap). 01.0 Strips shall be suspended by a steel angle of min. 50 x 50 x 6 mm; angle shall be hot dip galvanized after cutting and drilling. 02.0 Strips shall be suspended by “hangmatic system”. Each strip shall be provided with a prefixed hanging plate with T-hangers. The top support channel shall have cut-outs for easy hanging and exchanging strips. Steel elements shall be hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. 2 02 10 02 Flexible Traffic Doors Provide flexible traffic doors for light or heavy industrial use of design and sizes indicated in schedules and drawings.
22 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08300 Special Doors
2 02 10 02 01 Door panels 01.0 Door panels for light industrial-use, door sizes max. 2,5 x 2,5 m, shall be made of min. 8 mm thick rubber, incorporating several layers of canvas for max. strength; carcase shall be covered with min. 2 mm tough, high grade rubber for high abrasion resistance. 02.0 Door panels for heavy industrial-use, and door sizes up to 3,5 x 3,5 m, shall be made of min. 12 mm thick rubber, incorporating min. 4 layers of heavy canvas for max. strength; carcase shall be covered with min. 2 mm tough, high grade rubber for high abrasion resistance. 03.0 Vision panels shall be of clear PVC and set into panels with pressed steel frames. 2 02 10 02 02 Frame 01.0 Frame for doors up to 2,5 x 2,5 m shall be min. 40 mm heavy steel tube of cantilever construction for max. rigidity with flat steel extension to fix the rubber panels 02.0 Frames for heavy industrial-use doors up to 3,5 x 3,5 m shall be of min. 60 mm heavy steel tubes. 03.0 Spring mechanism shall be a separate unit sliding inside the vertical tube. Strength of spring shall be manufacturer’s standard for the adequate door sizes. 04.0 Pivots: The weight of the doors shall be carried by thrust bearings at the bottom and the turning motions supported by ball bearings at top and bottom. 2 02 10 02 03 Finish 01.0 Frame shall be primed and factory finished with manufacturer’s standard paint finish. 02.0 Frame shall be hot-dip galvanized after fabrication, primed and factory finished with manufacturer’s standard paint finish. 03.0 Provide colors as indicated in schedules. 2 03 Fabrication Fabricate special doors and frames to design and sizes indicated, in accordance with approved shop drawings and in compliance with referenced standards. 2 03 01 Prefabrication / Workmanship 01.0 Complete fabrication inclusive application of hardware and other work to the greatest possible degree in the workshop. Perform cutting, drilling and grinding of metalwork before application of finishes. If finishes (anodization) are to be applied before fabrication, careful handling is necessary to avoid any damage and possible rejection on site. 02.0 Sizing: The profiles used for frames and doors shall be dimensioned adequately to carry the loads of the individual door sizes. Use manufacturer’s tables for dimensioning. 03.0 Welding: Fabricate steel frames with mitred corners and fully welded. Transoms and mullions may be fastened by butt welding. Grind exposed welds smooth and fully remove weld spatter and welding oxides. Restore mechanical finish. Avoid distortion and discoloration on finished surfaces of stainless steel when welding. 04.0 Reinforcing: Install reinforcing as necessary for performance requirements and for hardware application. Reinforcing plates for hinges shall be of minimum 2,5 mm thickness.
23 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08300 Special Doors
05.0 Dissimilar metals: Separate dissimilar metals with suitable separation layers. Do not use coatings containing lead. 06.0 Continuity: Maintain accurate relationship of planes and angles. Provide secure attachment and support for aluminium members at mechanical joints with hairline fit of contacting members. 07.0 Fasteners: Provide either non-corrosive or corrosion protected fasteners and conceals wherever possible. 08.0 Drainage: Fabricate stops for solid panels and glazing for external doors in a way that any water and condensation can be drained to the exterior. 2 03 02 Shop Assembly Any frames and doors shall be assembled completely in the shop and shall not be dismantled for shipping. 2 03 03 Shop Finishing 2 03 03 01 General All stainless steel, aluminium and wood doors and frames shall be shop finished. Steel doors and frames shall be shop finished as indicated in the respective paragraphs and items. Precautions shall be taken to prevent any damage while shipping to the site. 2 03 03 02 Uniformity of Finish Abutting members shall not have an integral colour or texture variation greater than half the range indicated in the sample submittal. 2 03 04 Tolerances Produce steel doors according to DIN 18203 - 2 or an equivalent Standard. 2 03 05 Inspections The Engineer shall be informed when the first unit is produced to allow for inspection before production of the total amount and also before shipping.
24 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08300 Special Doors
Part 3: Execution 3 01 General Examination Examine existing conditions for compliance with schedules and for completeness of other trades supposed to be finished before starting of door installation. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3 02 General Preparation Examine doors prior to installation. Minor damages may be repaired on site provided refinished items are equal in all respects to new work and acceptable to the Engineer; otherwise replace damaged items as directed. Verify that doors comply with the requirements in schedules for type, size, location and swing characteristic. 3 03 Installation Install special doors, frames and accessories in accordance with final shop drawings, manufacturer’s data and as herein specified. Joints: Joints to surrounding construction shall be foamed and sealed as indicated in drawings and schedules. Use adequate elastic sealing component complying with ISO 11600 or an equivalent Standard. Joints shall be cleaned and if necessary be primed before filling. Width and depth of sealer shall be similar - see also detail drawings. Hardware: For installation of hardware see Section 8700 ‘Hardware’ 3 03 02 Sliding Doors 01.0 Install doors and tracks complete with necessary hardware, anchors and inserts in accordance with final shop drawings and manufacturers written instructions. Provide only fasteners of galvanized steel. For aluminium doors and tracks provide fasteners of aluminium or stainless steel, and only stainless steel fasteners for stainless steel doors and tracks. 02.0 Floor rails shall be fixed with galvanized fasteners at maximum 50 cm distances with alternating sides to the substructure (i.e. concrete slab) before applying floor finish. They shall not project more than 2 cm off the finish floor level. 03.0 Upon completion of installation, test and adjust doors to operate easily. 04.0 Check operation of automatic closing device for fire doors. 3 03 04 Security Doors 01.0 Install security doors strictly according to manufacturer’s instructions. Fasteners shall be of galvanized steel. 02.0 Air gaps for burglar resistant doors on lock- and hinge side and on upper edge shall not exceed 4 mm, and on the bottom edge shall not be more than 7 mm. 03.0 Install fire rated doors also in accordance with ANSI/NFPA 80 Standard. 3 03 05 Cold Storage Doors Install these doors according to manufacturer’s instructions. Fix doors with minimum 3 non-corrosive fasteners each jamb. Fill the gaps to surrounding walls with foam and provide damp-proof connection. Prepare joints to surrounding walls as indicated in drawings.
25 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08300 Special Doors
3 03 06 Overhead Coiling Doors and Grilles 01.0 Install door and operating equipment complete with necessary hardware, jamb and head mould strips, anchors, inserts and hangers in accordance with final shop drawings and manufacturer’s instructions. 02.0 Fire rated doors shall comply with installation requirements of NFPA 80 or an equivalent Standard. 03.0 Upon completion of installation lubricate, test and adjust doors to operate easily. 04.0 Check operation of automatic closing device for fire doors. 3 03 07 All-Glass Doors 01.0 Fix metal door frames for all-glass doors as specified in Section 8100. 02.0 Fit all-glass doors accurately to frames for uniform clearance at each edge. 03.0 Glass doors shall be taken off after installation and stored at a save and convenient place - co-ordinate with the Engineer. 3 03 08 Folding Doors and Grilles 01.0 Install folding doors according to manufacturer's written instructions. 02.0 Install folding doors only after flooring has been finished. 03.0 Fix tracks strictly parallel to floor to allow smooth riding of bottom sweeps and make sure that the required sound insulation is achieved. 3 03 09 Sectional Overhead Doors 01.0 Install door, track and operating equipment complete with necessary hardware, jamb and head mould stops, anchors, inserts, hangers and equipment supports in accordance with final shop drawings and manufacturer’s written instructions. 02.0 Fasten vertical track assembly to framing at not less than 60 cm distances. Hang horizontal track from structural support with angle or channel hangers, welded and bold-fastened in place. Provide bracing and reinforcing as required for rigid installation of track and door operating equipment. 03.0 Upon completion of installation lubricate, test and adjust doors to operate easily and fit weather tight for the entire perimeter. 3 03 10 Traffic Doors 01.0 Install doors or flexible strips and operating equipment complete with necessary hardware in accordance with final shop drawings and manufacturer’s written instructions. 02.0 Upon completion of installation, lubricate, test and adjust doors to operate easily. 3 05 Adjusting and Cleaning Check and readjust operating hardware items, leaving steel doors and frames undamaged and in complete and proper operating condition. Clean doors and frames prior to final inspection and remove protective plastic wrappings from pre-finished doors. 3 07 Protection Protect frames and doors as recommended by manufacturer to ensure that they are without damage at time of handing over. If necessary, or ordered by the Engineer, remove door leaves and store it at a secure place.
26 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08300 Special Doors
27 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08300 Special Doors
Part 4: Method of Measurement 4 01 General For doors, door frames with and without side- and fanlights the ‘co-ordinating size’ shall be taken as basis for measurement. Double leaf doors or doors with side- or fanlights will be considered as one unit. In cases of factory pre-glazed units the glass will not be measured separately. Hardware which is specified to be supplied with the door will not be measured separately. Hardware for fire-rated doors will not be measured separately. 4 02 Units of Measurement Door sets shall be enumerated. Fixing and fittings will deem to be included in the items. Hardware which is specified with the doors and all hardware for fire rated doors will deem to be included with the items. Operating equipment inclusive of all electric and electronic accessories, which are specified with the door, will deem to be included with the items.
28 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08300 Special Doors
Part 5: Basis of Payment 5 01 General Payment will be made for complete work including, but not limited to furnishing all materials, equipment, tools, scaffolding, storage facilities, water, power, labour, samples and mock-ups, co-ordinating work with other trades, checking, examination, testing, quality assurance, cleaning and protecting. 5 02 Ancillary Works to be included in the Unit Rate The following ancillary works shall be included in the unit rate: Setting of door frames, fitting and hanging of door leaves inclusive of all setting materials, i.e. anchorage’s, bolts etc. Establishing heights of finished floors with reference to installation locations. Adjusting, cleaning and protection until final handing over. Removal and storage of door leaves when so directed by the Engineer.
29 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08300 Special Doors
Annex: General Information 7 01 Modular System For sizing of door and window openings it is proposed to use the ISO modular system with the basic Module M = 100 mm. See the following Standards for explanation. ISO 1040 Building construction - Modular Co-ordination - Multimodules for horizontal co-ordinating dimensions. ISO 1006 Building construction - Modular co-ordination - Basic module ISO 1791 Building construction - Modular co-ordination - Vocabulary ISO 2776 Modular co-ordination - Co-ordinating sizes for door sets - External and internal ISO 2848 Building construction - Modular co-ordination - Principles and rules ISO 6513 Building construction - Modular co-ordination - Series of preferred multimodular sizes for horizontal dimensions
30 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08400 Entrances and Storefronts
Division 08 - Doors and Windows Section 08400 - Entrances and Storefronts
Part 1: General 1 01 Summary The work covered by this section consists of providing all tools, labour, equipment and materials, and performing all operations in connection with production and installation of entrances and storefronts. 1 01 01 Section includes 01.0 One-story entrances and storefronts manufactured from formed or extruded metals and glass components for exterior applications. 02.0 All-glass entrance doors 03.0 Automatic entrance doors 04.0 Revolving entrance doors 05.0 Balanced entrance doors 1 01 04 Related Sections 08100 Metal Doors and Frames 08300 Special Doors 08800 Glazing 16400 Service and Distribution 1 02 References 1 02 01 Applicable Standards 1 02 01 03 International Standards 1 02 01 03 01 International Standards Organization (ISO) ISO 209 - Wrought aluminium and aluminium alloys ISO 209 - 1: 89 Chemical composition ISO 209 - 2: 89 Forms of products ISO 630: 95 Structural steels ISO 657: 00 Hot rolled steel sections ISO 683: 87-99 Heat treatable steels alloy steels and free cutting steels. ISO 1461: 99 Hot dip galvanized coatings on fabricated iron and steel articles Specifications and Test methods. ISO 3573: 99 Hot-rolled carbon steel sheet of commercial and drawing qualities. ISO 3574: 99 Cold-reduced carbon steel sheet of commercial and drawing qualities. ISO 3575: 96 Continuous hot-dip zinc-coated carbon steel sheet of commercial, lock forming and drawing qualities. 1 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08400 Entrances and Storefronts
ISO 3934: 78 Rubber building gaskets - Materials in performed solid vulcanizates used for sealing glazing and panels – Specification ISO 4586: 97 High Pressure Decorative Laminates ISO 6361- Wrought aluminium and aluminium alloy sheets, strips and plates. ISO 6361-1: 86 Technical conditions for inspection and delivery ISO 6361-2: 90 Mechanical properties ISO 6361-3: 85 Strips - Tolerances on shape and dimensions ISO 6361-4: 88 Sheets and plates - Tolerances on form and dimension ISO 6362 - Wrought aluminium and aluminium alloy extruded rods/bars, tubes and profiles. ISO 6362 -2: 90 Mechanical properties ISO 6362 -3: 01 Extruded bars - Tolerances on dimensions and form ISO 6362 -4: 88 Extruded profiles - Tolerances on shape and dimensions ISO 6362 -5: 01 Extruded round, square and hexagonal bars - Tolerances on form and dimensions ISO 7599: 83 Anodising of aluminium and its alloys - General specification for anodic oxide coatings on aluminium. ISO 11600: 93 Building construction - Sealants and requirements
1 02 01 06 British Standards BS 4255: 86(92) Rubber used in preformed gaskets for weather exclusion from buildings. BS 6496: 84(91) Specification for powder organic coatings to aluminium BS 6497: 84(91) Specification for powder organic coatings to galvanized steel. 1 02 01 07 German Standards DIN 4108-4: 98 Thermal insulation and energy conservation in buildings. Characteristic values relating to thermal insulation and protection against moisture. DIN 16935: 86 Polyisobutylene (PIB) waterproofing sheets; requirements DIN 18055: 81 Windows, air permeability of joints, water tightness, and mechanical strain; requirements and testing DIN 18203 - 2: 86 Tolerances in building; prefabricated steel components. 1 02 02 Codes NFPA 101 Life Safety Code 1 02 03 Other References UL 325 Electric Door, Drapery, Gate, Louver and Window Operators and Systems (US) ZH 1/494 Regulations for power operated windows, doors and gates (Germany) UVV Guide lines for accident-prevention (Germany) VDE VDE- Regulations (Germany)
2 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08400 Entrances and Storefronts
1 03 Definitions 1 03 01 Technical Terms Balanced hardware - hardware specifically designed for balanced doors Casement door - fully glazed panelled door. Co-ordinating size (dimension) - a dimension of a co-ordinating space, which defines the relative position of two or more components in an assembly according to the characteristics of the components which are relevant to the assembly. Door frame - the frame in which a door (door-leaf) is hung. Door leaf - the movable part of a door without the frame. Door closer - a door closer is a device, which ensures automatic closing of a door after any manual opening. Door closer regulator - device to ensure that the two leaves of a double door close in the proper order. Door set - an assembly including a fixed part (the door frame), one or more movable parts (the door leaves) and their hardware. The function of which is to allow or to forbid the access; the door set may include sill, over-panel and side panels. Dry glazing - glazing with gaskets of moulded neoprene or similar material. Finished floor - the level of the floor inclusive the final floor covering. Flush door - door leaf that has both faces plane. Flush panelled door - panelled door in which the panels finish flush with the stiles and rails on one or both faces. Glazed door - panelled door in which the panels are of glass or similar material. Glass door - door with a door leaf made of glass. Low-E - transparent coating applied to glass, which allow short-wave solar energy transmittance, but reflect long wave room-side or outside energy back. Mullion - intermediates vertical member in an opening or frame. Night enclosure - solid enclosure for turnstiles to be used only during the night or at times of non use (weekends etc.) Panelled door - door leaf that has stiles and rails and the spaces in between filled with panels. Structural opening - the void within a wall or partition designed to receive a door set. 1 03 02 Abbreviations BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association deg C Degree Celsius K-value Heat transmission factor (ISO) NFPA National Fire Protection Association (US) Pa Pascal UL Underwriters Laboratory (US) U-value Heat transmission factor (ASHRAE-US) VDE Verein Deutscher Elektriker (Union of German Electricians) 1 04 System Description 1 04 02 Performance Requirements 01.0 Structural performance, air infiltration and water penetration shall comply with the requirements of DIN 18055 or an equivalent Standard. 3 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08400 Entrances and Storefronts
Entrances and storefronts shall meet the requirements of “Stress Group A”, which equals a wind load of 150 Pa, unless otherwise indicated. A manufacturer’s stock assembly, similar to the specified system, shall be tested by an authorised and independent laboratory. Provide a structural calculation for the specified storefront system, based upon manufacturer’s shop drawings. 02.0 Thermal movement: Design the entrance and storefront systems to provide for expansion and contraction of the component materials. Entrance doors shall function normally over the specified temperature range. The system shall be capable of withstanding a temperature range of 100 deg C without buckling, failure of joint seals, undue stress on structural elements, damaging loads on fasteners, reduction of performance, stress on glass or other detrimental effects. 03.0 Thermal transmittance: Provide framing systems that meet the requirements of DIN 4108 - 4 and are classified as “Frame Material Group 2.2” with a U-value of less than 3,5 W/m2 K or as otherwise indicated. Only metal framing systems with “thermal break” construction are acceptable. Provide double-glazing with a U-value of less than 3,0 W/m2 K or as otherwise indicated. For further requirements for glazing see Section 8800 ‘Glazing’. 04.0 Performance requirements shall be demonstrated by testing manufacturer’s stock assemblies according to test methods indicated. 1 05 Submittals Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and specification section 01300. 1 05 01 Product Data Provide product data for each type of entrance and storefront system including: - Manufacturer’s standard details and fabrication methods. - Data on finishing, hardware and accessories. - Data on operators, safety devices and wiring diagrams (automatic doors) - Recommendation for maintenance and cleaning of exterior surfaces. Provide manufacturer’s certificates for all elements indicated showing compliance with referenced standards, and/ or requirements of local authorities. 1 05 02 Shop Drawings Shop drawings are required for each entrance and storefront system, including: - Layout and installation details, including relationship to adjacent work. - Elevations at 1:100 scale. - Detail sections of typical composite members. - Anchors and reinforcement. - Hardware mounting heights. - Provisions for expansion and contraction. - Glazing details. 1 05 03 Samples 01.0 Samples for initial selection purposes: Submit samples in form of manufacturer’s colour charts showing full range of colours or patterns available for factory-finished surfaces. 02.0 Samples for verification purposes: Samples for verification purposes of each type of exposed finish required, prepared on samples not less than 10 by 15 cm, or 15 cm long sections of the same material indicated for the final unit of work.
4 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08400 Entrances and Storefronts
03.0 The Engineer reserves the right to request additional samples, that show fabrication techniques and workmanship, and design of hardware and accessories. 1 05 04 Quality Control Submittals Documented experience of contractor’s site supervisor(s). (see ref. 'Quality Assurance') Reports and records of contractor’s Internal ‘Quality Control’. Reports and records of contractor’s External ‘Quality Control’. 1 05 05 02 Operation & Maintenance Data Provide schedule and data for maintenance of hardware and automatic opening and closing devices and recommendations for cleaning of the exterior. 1 06 Quality Assurance 1 06 01 Qualifications 1 06 01 01 Qualifications of Manufacturers Products used in the work of this Section shall be produced by manufacturers regularly engaged in manufacture of similar items and with a history of successful production acceptable to the Engineer. 1 06 01 02 Qualifications of Fabricators The producing company shall have experience in manufacturing systems that are similar to those indicated for this project and that have a record of successful in- service performance. 1 06 01 03 Qualifications of Installers Use adequate number of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of work . Contractor’s site supervisor(s) shall have knowledge of referenced standards and at least five (5) years of documented experience. 1 06 04 Quality Control 1 06 04 01 Internal Quality Control Contractor’s internal quality control shall include but not be limited to: Checking suppliers test certificates and certificates of compliance to conform to specification and referenced standards prior to assembly or installation. Checking suppliers delivery tickets of each delivery for completeness and compliance with supply order and specification. Single source responsibility: Obtain entrance and storefront systems from one source and from a single manufacturer only. 1 07 Delivery, Storage and Handling 1 07 01 Packing and Shipping Deliver entrances and storefront systems cardboard-wrapped or crated to provide protection during transit and job storage. Provide additional protection to prevent damage to finish of factory-finished elements.
5 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08400 Entrances and Storefronts
1 07 02 Storage and Protection Entrances and storefront systems at building site shall be kept under cover. Place units or elements on minimum 10 cm high wood blocking in a manner that prevents bending and avoids significant or permanent damage. Avoid use of non-vented plastic or canvas shelters, which could create a humidity chamber. If cardboard wrapper becomes wet, remove carton immediately. Provide minimum 5 cm spaces between stacked elements to promote air circulation.
6 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08400 Entrances and Storefronts
Part 2: Products 2 01 Materials 2 01 01 Steel Structural steel for entrances and storefront systems shall comply with the requirements of ISO 630 and 657 or equivalent Standards. Steel for panels and linings shall comply with ISO 3573 and 3574, respectively ISO 3575 or equivalent Standards. Steel sections for frames and doors shall comply with ISO 657 or an equivalent Standard. Steel members used for external application shall be hot-dip galvanized, min. layer 350 g/m2, complying with ISO 1461 or an equivalent Standard. Apply one coat of adequate primer to galvanized surfaces. Provide powder organic coating to galvanized steel as indicated according to BS 6497 or an equivalent Standard. 2 01 02 Aluminium 01.0 Extruded profiles and plates of aluminium or aluminium-alloys for entrances and storefronts shall comply with the requirements of ISO 209, ISO 6361 and ISO 6362 or equivalent Standards. 02.0 All externally used aluminium shall have an anodised finish of min. thickness 15 micrometer unless otherwise indicated, complying with ISO 7599 or an equivalent Standard. 03.0 Alternatively it may be coated by means of powder organic coating complying with BS 6496 or an equivalent Standard. 2 01 03 Stainless Steel Stainless steel for entrances and storefront systems shall comply with the requirements of ISO 683 or an equivalent Standard. 2 01 05 Laminates Laminates for panels shall comply with ISO 4586 or an equivalent Standard. 2 01 06 Gaskets Gaskets shall be replaceable and made of rubber material complying with ISO 3934 or an equivalent Standard. 2 01 07 Glass For specification of glass see Section 8800 ‘Glazing’. 2 02 Steel Entrances and Storefronts Provide an entrance and storefront framing system according to designs and sizes shown on drawings and schedules. Elements for a storefront system shall be from one manufacturer only. 2 02 01 Framing System System shall be made from hollow steel profiles and sections. Sizes of profiles and thickness of material shall be determined by structural calculation. Use only components with thermal break construction. Inner and outer elements of stiles and rails shall be separated by an insulation core of Hard-PVC or similar material. Fixing of the outer element shall be concealed. Screws shall be galvanized or stainless steel. Gaskets for glazing and solid panels shall be of neoprene or equivalent material acceptable to the Engineer.
7 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08400 Entrances and Storefronts
2 02 02 Solid Panels Provide flush panels where indicated with U-values of max 2,0 W/m2 k. Provide panels as sandwich elements with a rigid insulation core of polyurethane or similar material and a finish on both sides of: 01.0 Decorative high-pressure laminates (HPL), classification VG (vertical general purpose), and minimum nominal thickness 1,0 mm. 02.0 Galvanized steel sheets, minimum thickness 1,0 mm. 2 02 03 Glazing Glass below 1,8 m above finished floor should be of tempered glass. If an alarm system is supposed to be installed, tempered glass is a better solution anyway. Provide glazing as follows; 01.0 Provide tempered float-glass of min. thickness 6 mm. 02.0 Provide insulating glass of tempered float-glass, each pane of 6 mm thickness, with 12 mm airspace. 03.0 Provide additional 'Low-E' coating for insulating glass. 04.0 Provide additional 'Reflective Coating' for insulating glass of performance indicated. 05.0 Provide colours as indicated in schedules. 2 02 04 Doors (hinged) 01.0 Door frames and doors (stiles and rails) shall be from tubular steel members, specially moulded to receive replaceable gaskets. 02.0 Steel members shall have a profile thickness of 50 mm minimum; jambs, heads, stiles and rails shall be minimum 75 mm, and bottom rails 150 mm wide. Material thickness shall be not less than 1,5 mm. 03.0 Stops and beads: Glazing stops shall be integral with the frame. Glazing beads shall have rounded edges, mitred corners, and be fixed either with countersunk , oval-headed, stainless steel or nickel-plated screws, or by clip-on method. 04.0 Weather-stripping: For exterior doors provide compression weather-stripping. Furnish bottom door rail with adjustable gasket to maintain contact with threshold. 2 02 05 Hardware Manufacture doors with complete hardware application before shipment to the site. Provide hardware according to ‘Hardware Schedules’ - see Section 8700 ‘Hardware’ 2 02 06 Finishing Frames, doors and panels shall be factory finished by means of powder organic coating of minimum thickness 60 micrometer. Provide colours as indicated in schedules. 2 03 Aluminium Entrances and Storefronts Provide an entrance and storefront framing system according to design and sizes shown on drawings and schedules. Elements for a storefront system shall be from one manufacturer only. 2 03 01 Framing System Framing system shall be from extruded aluminium members. Sizes of profiles and thickness of material shall be determined by structural calculation. Use only
8 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08400 Entrances and Storefronts
components with thermal break construction. Inner and outer elements of stiles and rails shall be separated by an insulation core of ‘Hard-PVC’ or similar material. Fixing of the outer element shall be concealed. Gaskets for glazing and solid panels shall be of neoprene or equivalent material acceptable to the Engineer. 2 03 02 Solid Panels Provide flush panels where indicated with U-values of max 2,0(W/m2.K.) Provide panels as sandwich elements with a rigid insulation core of polyurethane or similar material and a finish on both sides of: 01.0 Decorative high-pressure laminates (HPL), classification VG (vertical general purpose), and minimum nominal thickness 1,0 mm. 02.0 Aluminium sheets, minimum thickness 1,0 mm. 2 03 03 Glazing Glass below 1,8 m above finished floor should be of tempered glass. If an alarm system is supposed to be installed, tempered glass is a better solution anyway. Provide glazing as follows; 01.0 Provide tempered float-glass of min. thickness 6 mm. 02.0 Provide insulating glass of tempered float-glass, each pane of 6 mm thickness, with 12 mm airspace. 03.0 Provide additional 'Low-E' coating for insulating glass. 04.0 Provide additional 'Reflective Coating' for insulating glass of performance indicated. 05.0 Provide colours as indicated in schedules. 2 03 04 Doors (hinged) 01.0 Door frames and doors (stiles and rails) shall be from extruded aluminium sections, specially moulded to receive replaceable gaskets 02.0 Aluminium members shall have a profile thickness of 50 mm minimum; Jambs, heads, stiles and rails shall be minimum 75 mm, and bottom rails 150 mm wide. Material thickness shall be not less than 2,0 mm. 03.0 Stops and beads: Glazing stops shall be integral with the frame. Glazing beads shall have mitred corners, and be fixed by clip-on method. 04.0 Thresholds: Provide thresholds of extruded aluminium in mill finish, complete with anchors, co-ordinated with pivots and floor-concealed closers. 05.0 Weather-stripping: For exterior doors, provide compression weather-stripping. Furnish bottom door rail with adjustable gasket to maintain contact with threshold. 06.0 Glazing: see above! 2 03 05 Hardware Manufacture doors with complete hardware application before shipment to the site. Provide hardware according to ‘Hardware Schedules’ - see Section 8700 ‘Hardware’ 2 03 06 Finishing Storefront system members and doors shall be factory finished as follows: 01.0 Anodised finish of min. thickness 15 micrometer; colour as indicated in schedules.
9 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08400 Entrances and Storefronts
02.0 Powder organic coating of minimum thickness 60 micrometer; colour as indicated in schedules. 2 04 Stainless Steel Entrances and Storefronts Provide an entrance and storefront framing system according to design and sizes shown on drawings and schedules. Elements for a storefront system shall be from one manufacturer only. 2 04 01 Framing System Framing system shall be from hollow stainless steel profiles and sections. Sizes of profiles and thickness of material shall be determined by structural calculation. Use only components with thermal break construction. Inner and outer elements of stiles and rails shall be separated by an insulation core of ‘Hard-PVC’ or similar material. Fixing of the outer element shall be concealed. Screws shall be of stainless steel only. Gaskets for glazing and solid panels shall be of neoprene or equivalent material acceptable to the Engineer. 2 04 02 Solid Panels Provide flush panels where indicated with U-values of max 2,0 W/m2 k. Provide panels as sandwich elements with a rigid insulation core of polyurethane or similar material and a finish on both sides of: 01.0 Decorative high-pressure laminates (HPL), classification VG (vertical general purpose), and minimum nominal thickness 1,0 mm. 02.0 Stainless steel sheets, minimum thickness 1,0 mm. 2 04 03 Glazing Glass below 1,8 m above finished floor should be of tempered glass. If an alarm system is supposed to be installed, tempered glass is a better solution anyway. Provide glazing as follows; 01.0 Provide tempered float-glass of min. thickness 6 mm. 02.0 Provide insulating glass of tempered float-glass, each pane of 6 mm thickness, with 12 mm airspace. 03.0 Provide additional 'Low-E' coating for insulating glass. 04.0 Provide additional 'Reflective Coating' for insulating glass of performance indicated. 05.0 Provide colours as indicated in schedules. 2 04 04 Doors (hinged) 01.0 Door frames and doors (stiles and rails) shall be from tubular stainless steel members, specially moulded to receive replaceable gaskets of neoprene. 02.0 Stainless steel members shall have a profile thickness of 50 mm minimum; Jambs, heads, stiles and rails shall be minimum 75 mm, and bottom rails 150 mm wide. Material thickness shall be not less than 1,5 mm. 03.0 Stops and beads: Glazing stops shall be integral with the frame. Glazing beads shall have mitred corners, and fixed either with countersunk, oval-headed stainless steel screws, or by clip-on method. 04.0 Weather-stripping: For exterior doors provide compression weather-stripping. Furnish bottom door rail with adjustable gasket to maintain contact with threshold.
10 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08400 Entrances and Storefronts
2 04 05 Hardware Manufacture doors with complete hardware application before shipment to the site. Provide hardware according to ‘Hardware Schedules’ - see Section 8700 ‘Hardware’ 2 04 06 Finish Provide surface finish as indicated in schedules. 2 04 07 All-Glass Entrances Provide all-glass entrances of types, designs and sizes indicated in drawings and schedules inclusive of accessories. 2 04 08 Glass Use only tempered float-glass of minimum 10 mm thickness. All edges shall be bevelled and ground smooth - see also Section 8800 ‘Glazing’. 2 04 09 Hardware 01.0 Fittings: Fittings for the assembly shall be from one manufacturer. They shall only be used within the load limits given by the manufacturer. 02.0 Locks: Locks shall be similar in shape and finish to the fittings - see ‘Hardware Schedule’ for details. 03.0 Surface mounted hardware like handles, knobs and push bars shall be of the same finish as fittings and locks or as otherwise indicated - see ’Hardware Schedule’. 04.0`Provide hardware of materials as follows: 04.1 aluminium 04.2 stainless steel 04.3 brass 2 04 10 Finishing Provide hardware with finishes indicated in schedules. 2 06 Revolving Entrance Doors Provide revolving doors of types, designs, materials and sizes indicated in drawings and schedules inclusive accessories. 2 06 01 Shaft 01.0 Solid steel shaft with steel base plate 02.0 Extruded aluminium shaft with steel base plate 2 06 02 Doors Doors shall be aluminium-framed, glazed with tempered float glass having sealing brushes all around. For transportation or ventilation purposes two leaves shall be foldable towards the central column. 01.0 Four door leaves 02.0 Three door leaves 2 06 03 Ceiling Provide fixed ceiling of water resistant particleboard with melamine-resin finish. Canopy shall be circular and have aluminium lining similar to the side walls.
11 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08400 Entrances and Storefronts
01.0 Provide 4 (3) recessed halogen ceiling lights, 20 Watts each; colours to match the ceiling surface or as indicated in schedules. 02.0 Provide waterproofing for the deck; top of canopy shall be 10 cm higher than waterproofing level. 2 06 04 Side walls 01.0 Solid side walls of curved and tempered float-glass, minimum thickness 10 mm, with aluminium profile along the bottom, vertical glass edges secured with supporting aluminium posts. 02.0 Solid side walls of curved aluminium-double wall, minimum 20 mm thick, filled with insulating material, vertical edges enclosed by supporting aluminium posts. 2 06 05 Night Enclosure Night enclosure outside shall close the access to the turnstile. It shall be manufacturer’s standard application and will be operated manually. Provide as follows: 01.0 none 02.0 Aluminium-framed tempered float-glass 03.0 Manufacturer's aluminium system 2 06 06 Flooring 01.0 Flooring within the door area will be done by others. 02.0 Provide floor ring of galvanized steel and install to finished floor level. 03.0 Provide floor mats within indicated area of material, pattern and color indicated in schedules. 2 06 07 Glazing Provide glazing as follows; 01.0 Provide fully tempered float-glass of min. 6 mm thickness 02.0 Provide fully tempered, tinted float-glass of min. 6 mm thickness 03.0 Colours will be selected by the Engineer according to manufacturer's charts 2 06 08 Hardware Provide heavy duty deadlocks, accepting standard profile cylinder. Cylinder will be specified under Section ‘Hardware’. 2 06 09 Emergency Devices Doors indicated as means of egress shall have emergency devices complying with the requirements of authorities having jurisdiction, or as otherwise indicated in schedules. 2 06 10 Finishing Any visible aluminium surfaces shall be factory finished as follows: 01.0 Anodised finish of minimum thickness 20 micrometer; colour as indicated in schedules. 02.0 Powder organic coating of minimum thickness 60 micrometer; colour as indicated in schedules. 2 07 Balanced Entrance Doors Provide balanced entrance doors of types and designs and sizes indicated in drawings and schedules. They shall be integral “Balanced Door” units and consist of doors, jambs, frames, threshold, operating mechanism and all finish hardware. 12 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08400 Entrances and Storefronts
Components for balanced entrance doors shall be from one manufacturer only (single source). 2 07 01 Balanced Steel doors 01.0 Fabricate door frames and doors (stiles and rails) from hot rolled steel sections, specially moulded to receive replaceable gaskets of neoprene or similar material, approved by the Engineer. 02.0 Steel members shall have a profile thickness of 50 mm minimum; jambs, heads, stiles and rails shall be minimum 75 mm, and bottom rails 150 mm wide. Material thickness shall be not less than 2,0 mm for door leaves and 1,5 mm for frames. 03.0 Joints: Corners shall be mitred and welded . Welds shall be ground smooth before surface treatment. Maintain accurate relationship of planes and angles. 04.0 Stops and beads: Glazing stops shall be integral with the frame. Glazing beads shall have mitred corners, and be fixed either with countersunk, oval-headed nickel plated screws or by clip-on method. 05.0 Thresholds: Provide thresholds of stainless steel in satin-finish, complete with anchors and co-ordinated with operating devices and door closers. 06.0 Weather-stripping: For exterior doors provide compression weather-stripping. Furnish bottom door rail with an adjustable gasket to maintain contact with threshold. 07.0 Finish: Frames and doors shall be factory finished by means of powder organic coating of minimum thickness 60 micrometer; colour as indicated in schedules. 2 07 02 Balanced Aluminium Doors 01.0 Fabricate door frames and doors (stiles and rails) from extruded aluminium sections, specially moulded to receive replaceable gaskets of neoprene or similar material, approved by the Engineer. 02.0 Aluminium members shall have a profile thickness of 50 mm minimum; jambs, heads, stiles and rails shall be minimum 75 mm, and bottom rails 150 mm wide. Material thickness shall be not less than 2,5 mm. 03.0 Joints: Corners shall be mitred and fixed by mechanical means, using heavy inserted reinforcing plates. Maintain accurate relation of planes and angles with hairline fit of contacting members. 04.0 Stops and beads: Glazing stops shall be integral with the frame. Glazing beads shall have mitred corners, and fixed by clip-on method. 05.0 Thresholds: Provide thresholds of extruded aluminium in mill finish, complete with anchors and co-ordinated with operating devices and door closers. 06.0 Weather-stripping: For exterior doors provide compression weather-stripping. Furnish bottom door rail with adjustable gasket to maintain contact with threshold. 07.0 Finishing: Doors and frames shall be factory finished as indicated in schedules. Anodised finish shall be of minimum thickness 20 micrometer. Powder organic coating shall be of minimum thickness 60 micrometer. 2 07 03 Balanced Stainless Steel Doors 01.0 Fabricate door frames and doors (stiles and rails) from stainless steel sections, specially moulded to receive replaceable gaskets of neoprene or similar material, approved by the Engineer. 02.0 Steel members shall have a profile thickness of 50 mm minimum; jambs, heads, stiles and rails shall be minimum 75 mm, and bottom rails 150 mm wide. Material thickness shall be not less than 2,0 mm for doors and 1,5 mm for frames. 13 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08400 Entrances and Storefronts
03.0 Joints: Corners shall be mitred and welded . Welds shall be grounded smooth before surface treatment. Maintain accurate relation of planes and angles. 04.0 Stops and beads: Glazing stops shall be integral with the frame. Glazing beads shall have mitred corners, and fixed either with countersunk, oval-headed stainless steel screws or by clip-on method. 05.0 Thresholds: Provide thresholds of stainless steel in satin-finish, complete with anchors and co-ordinated with operating devices and door closers. 06.0 Weather-stripping: For exterior doors provide compression weather-stripping. Furnish bottom door rail with adjustable gasket to maintain contact with threshold. 07.0 Provide surface finish as indicated in schedules. 2 07 04 Hardware Balanced Hardware shall consist of the following items: 01.0 Cast bronze or aluminium hydraulic check, concealed in the head jamb with two speeds. It shall be removable without removal of door, head frame or any other hardware. Closer arms are not acceptable. 02.0 Heavy-duty steel tube hinge with a minimum shaft diameter of 40 mm. Hinge shaft shall be completely furnished with adjustable spring closing mechanism. Top and bottom arms shall be one piece bronze casting and welded to hinge shaft. 03.0 Roller bumper located in the guide channel. 04.0 Pivot points with ball- or roller bearings. 05.0 Means for proper field adjustment of leave clearances. 06.0 Semi-automatic hold open device located in the bottom rail. 07.0 Provide all other finish hardware according to ‘Hardware Schedule’ - see Section 8800 ‘Hardware’. 2 07 05 Glazing Provide glazing as follows; see also Section 08800 'Glazing' 01.0 Provide tempered float-glass of min. thickness 6 mm. 02.0 Provide insulating glass of tempered float-glass, each pane of 6 mm thickness, with 12 mm airspace. 03.0 Provide additional 'Low-E' coating for insulating glass. 04.0 Provide colours as indicated in schedules. 2 07 06 Barrier Free Entrances Doors designed as handicapped entrances shall have a maximum of 4 kg of spring tension adjustment at pull handle. Hydraulic door check shall have a delayed closing action, settable up to 20 seconds. 2 08 Automatic Entrance Doors 2 08 01 Automatic Hinged Doors Provide automatic swing doors of types, designs, materials and sizes indicated in drawings and schedules, including door operators, operator controls and accessories. 2 08 01 01 Doors and Frames 01.0 Fabricate door frames and doors (stiles and rails) specially moulded to receive replaceable gaskets of neoprene or similar material approved by the Engineer 14 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08400 Entrances and Storefronts
from material indicated in schedules. For steel and stainless steel tubular members shall be used. Aluminium frames shall be made of extruded sections. 02.0 Members shall have a profile thickness of 50 mm minimum; jambs, heads, stiles and rails shall be minimum 75 mm, bottom rails 150 mm wide. Material thickness shall be not less than 1,5 mm for steel and stainless steel members, and 2,0 mm for aluminium sections. 03.0 Welding (steel): Corners shall be mitred and welded, transoms and mullions may be fastened by butt welding. Grind exposed welds smooth to remove weld spatter and welding oxides. 04.0 Joints (aluminium): Corners shall be mitred and fixed by mechanical means, using heavy inserted reinforcing plates. Maintain accurate relation of planes and angles with hairline fit of contacting members. 05.0 Stops and beads: Glazing stops shall be integral with the frame. Glazing beads shall have mitred corners, and fixed either with countersunk , oval-headed, stainless steel or nickel-plated screws, or by clip-on method. 06.0 Weather-stripping: For exterior doors provide compression weather-stripping. Furnish bottom door rail with adjustable gasket to maintain contact with threshold. 2 08 01 02 Door Operator 01.0 Capacity: Provide electro-hydraulic swing door operator of size recommended by manufacturer for door size, weight and type of occupancy indicated. 02.0 Provide electric motor with adequate capacity and for voltage indicated. 03.0 Adjustment: Provide operators which are fully adjustable for opening, closing and checking speeds and length of time door remains open. 04.0 Casing: Provide aluminium casing; colour as indicated in schedules. 2 08 01 03 Control and Safety System 01.0 Provide ‘Infra-red Motion Detecting Control System’ composed of an infra-red sensing device to activate door operator and a sensor mat in the swept zone of the door to prevent door from closing and opening until swept zone is clear of traffic. Sensing device shall be adjustable to provide detection patterns and sensitivity. 02.0 Alternate: Provide ‘Micro-wave Scanner Motion Detecting Control System’ similar to the Infra-red System. 03.0 Alternate: Provide Radar Motion Detecting Control System similar to the Infra-red System. 04.0 Electrical Interlocks: Provide electrical interlocks to prevent operation of the unit when door is locked by latch or dead bolts. 2 08 01 04 Emergency Devices Doors indicated as means of egress shall have emergency devices complying with the requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 2 08 01 05 Finishing Frames and doors shall be factory finished as indicated in schedules. 01.0 Steel: powder organic coating of min. thickness 60 micrometer. 02.0 Aluminium: Either anodising of min. thickness 20 micrometer or powder organic coating of min. thickness 60 micrometer 03.0 Stainless steel: As indicated in schedules
15 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08400 Entrances and Storefronts
2 08 01 06 Glazing Provide glazing as follows; see also Section 08800 'Glazing' 01.0 Provide tempered float-glass of min. thickness 6 mm. 02.0 Provide insulating glass of tempered float-glass, each pane of 6 mm thickness, with 12 mm airspace. 03.0 Provide additional 'Low-E' coating for insulating glass. 04.0 Provide colours as indicated in schedules. 2 08 02 Automatic Sliding Doors Provide aluminium-glass automatic sliding doors of types, designs and sizes indicated in drawings and schedules including door operators, control devices and accessories. They shall comply with German VDE- and UVV-Regulations or equivalent Standards. They shall be tested and labelled by an independent laboratory. 2 08 02 01 Frames and Doors 01.0 Manufacturer’s standard extruded aluminium sections for frames and doors shall comply with DIN 1745 or an equivalent Standard. Stiles shall be made of slim- line profiles. 02.0 Weather-stripping: Full weather-stripping is required for external doors. Thresholds shall be less than 10 mm high. 03.0 Fasteners: Provide aluminium, stainless steel, or other non-corrosive metal fasteners compatible with aluminium. Do not use exposed fasteners. 04.0 Gaskets: Use preformed gaskets of rubber material complying with ISO 3934 or an equivalent Standard. 05.0 Glazing: Provide tempered float-glass of min. thickness 10 mm; colours as indicated in schedules - see also Section 8800 ‘Glazing’. 2 08 02 02 Door Operators Provide door operator adequate for size and weight of doors, with microprocessor- controlled functions and built-in safety systems. The electronics shall enable the following basic functions: OFF, AUTOMATIC, WAY OUT, OPEN ‘Off’ shall include an automatic locking of door leaves. In case of power failure the unlocked door shall open by itself. Opening and closing speeds shall be adjustable within a range of 20 to 60 cm/sec. Casing shall be of aluminium and allow easy access to operator for maintenance purposes. 2 08 02 03 Control and Safety System Provide an ‘Infra-red Motion Detecting Control System’ to activate the door operator. Provide a photocell barrier to prevent door from closing until sliding area is clear of traffic and a sensing device along the door edges which reverses the movement if it meets an obstacle. Alternate: Provide a ‘Micro-wave Scanner Motion Detecting Control System’ to activate the door operator. Alternate: Provide a ‘Radar Motion Detecting Control System’ to activate the door operator. 2 08 02 04 Emergency Devices Doors indicated as means of egress shall have emergency devices complying with the requirements of authorities having jurisdiction, or as otherwise indicated.
16 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08400 Entrances and Storefronts
2 08 02 05 Finishing Any visible aluminium surfaces shall be factory finished as indicated in schedules. They shall either be anodised of minimum thickness 20 micrometer or powder organic coated of minimum thickness 60 micrometer. 2 08 03 Automatic Revolving Doors Provide automatic revolving doors of types, designs, materials and sizes indicated in drawings and schedules inclusive door operators, safety devices and accessories. They shall comply with ZH 1/494 and VDE 0700-Part 238 or an equivalent Standards. They shall be tested and labelled by an independent laboratory. 2 08 03 01 Central Unit The central unit shall consist of a column with base plate, containing the complete operator. 2 08 03 02 Doors Four (4) swinging door leaves, aluminium-framed, glazed with tempered float-glass, with sealing brushes all around. For transportation or ventilation purposes these leaves shall be foldable towards the central column. 2 08 03 03 Ceiling Provide revolving ceiling of water resistant particleboard with melamine-resin finish. Canopy shall be circular and have aluminium lining similar to the side walls. 01.0 Provide 4 recessed halogen ceiling lights, 20 Watts each; colours to match the ceiling surface or as indicated in schedules. 02.0 Provide waterproofing for the deck; top of canopy shall be min. 10 cm higher than waterproofing level.] 2 08 03 04 Side walls 01.0 Solid side walls of curved and tempered float-glass, minimum thickness 10mm, with aluminium profile along the bottom, vertical glass edges secured with supporting aluminium posts. 02.0 Solid side walls of curved aluminium-double wall, minimum 20 mm thick, filled with insulating material, vertical edges enclosed by supporting aluminium posts. 2 08 03 05 Night Enclosure Outside Night enclosure outside shall close the access to the turnstile. It shall be manufacturer’s standard application and will be operated manually. Provide as follows: 01.0 Aluminium framed, tempered float-glass 02.0 Manufacturer’s aluminium system 2 08 03 06 Flooring 01.0 Flooring within the door area will be done by others 02.0 Provide galvanized steel floor-ring and install level with finished floor 03.0 Provide floor mats of indicated material, colour and pattern 2 08 03 07 Glazing Provide tempered float-glass of min. thickness 6 mm; colour as indicated in schedules 2 08 03 08 Door Operator Provide door operator adequate for size and weight of doors, with microprocessor- controlled functions and built-in safety systems. The electronics shall enable the
17 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08400 Entrances and Storefronts
following basic functions: “AUTOMATIC I” - “AUTOMATIC II” - “STOP” - “LOCKED” Automatic I: Door starts revolving as soon as a person reaches the controlled zone and stops again after an adjustable time. Automatic II: Door revolves approximately one time per minute and raises the speed to three times per minute as soon as a person reaches the controlled zone. Speed is reduced again after an adjustable time. Stop: The door stops. Locked: The turnstile is blocked mechanically. In case of power failure the unlocked door shall open by itself. Opening and closing speeds shall be adjustable within a range of 20 to 60 cm/sec. Casing shall be of aluminium and allow easy access to operator for maintenance purposes. 2 08 03 09 Control and Safety System Provide an ‘Infra-red Motion Detecting Control System’ on both sides to activate the door operator. Provide sensors recognising any obstacles or persons being overtaken by the turnstile and reduce the revolving speed. The system shall stop if there is either pressure to the following leaf or towards the two fixed edges of the enclosure. It shall continue after obstacles are removed. If the power supply fails, door leaves shall be manually foldable to allow passage. Alternate: Provide a ‘Micro-wave Scanner Motion Detecting Control System’ to activate the door operator. Alternate: Provide a ‘Radar Motion Detecting Control System’ to activate the door operator. 2 08 03 10 Electrical Installation Provide control board in separate casing containing all control elements. 2 08 03 11 Emergency Devices Doors indicated as means of egress shall have emergency devices complying with the requirements of authorities having jurisdiction, or as otherwise indicated. 2 08 03 12 Finishing Any visible aluminium surfaces shall be factory finished as follows: 01.0 Anodised finish of minimum thickness 20 micrometer; colour as indicated in schedules. 02.0 Powder organic coating of minimum thickness 60 micrometer; colour as indicated in schedules. 2 10 Fabrication Fabricate entrance and storefront components to design and sizes of approved shop drawings and in compliance with indicated standards 2 10 01 Prefabrication / Workmanship 01.0 Complete fabrication including application of hardware and other work to the greatest possible degree in the workshop. Perform cutting, drilling and grinding of metalwork before application of finishes. If finishes (anodization) have to be applied before fabrication, careful handling is necessary to avoid any damage and possible rejection on the site. The profiles used for entrances and storefronts shall be dimensioned adequately to carry the loads of the individual door sizes or to withstand the indicated wind loads. Use manufacturer’s tables for dimensioning. 02.0 Welding: Fabricate steel frames with mitred corners and continuous welds. Transoms and mullions may be fastened by butt welding. Grind exposed welds 18 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08400 Entrances and Storefronts
smooth and thoroughly remove weld spatter and welding oxides. Restore mechanical finish. Avoid distortion and discoloration on finished surfaces of stainless steel when welding. 03.0 Reinforcing: Install reinforcing as necessary for performance requirements and for hardware application. Reinforcing plates for hinges shall be of minimum 2,5 mm thickness. 04.0 Dissimilar metals: Separate dissimilar metals with suitable separation layers. Do not use coatings containing lead. 05.0 Continuity: Maintain accurate relationship of planes and angles. Provide secure attachment and support for aluminium members at mechanical joints with hairline fit of contacting members. 06.0 Fasteners: Provide either non-corrosive or corrosion protected fasteners and conceal wherever possible. 07.0 Drainage: Fabricate stops for solid panels and glazing for external doors in a way that any water and condensation can be drained to the outside. 08.0 Joints: Provide joints within storefront systems sufficient in size and number to allow for thermal expansion. 2 10 02 Shop Assembly Framing system for storefronts may be assembled only on site. Any entrance doors shall be assembled completely in the shop and dismantled for shipping only if size or weight does not allow shipping. 2 10 03 Shop Finishing 2 10 03 01 General Framing system elements as well as entrance units shall be shop finished as described in paragraph 2 03. Precautions shall be taken to prevent any damage while shipping to the site. 2 10 03 02 Uniformity of Finish Abutting members shall not have an integral colour or texture variation greater than half the range indicated in the sample submittal. 2 10 04 Tolerances Produce steel and aluminium elements according to DIN 18203 - 2 or an equivalent Standard. 2 10 05 Inspections The Engineer shall be informed when the first unit is produced to allow for inspection before production of the total amount and also before shipping.
19 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08400 Entrances and Storefronts
Part 3: Execution 3 01 General Examination Examine existing conditions for compliance with schedules and for completeness of other trades supposed to be finished before starting of installation. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3 02 General Preparation Examine system components, doors, frames and hardware as well as substrates and supports prior to installation. Minor damages may be repaired on site provided refinished items are equal in all respects to new work and acceptable to the Engineer; otherwise replace damaged items as directed. Verify that elements and installation tolerances comply with the requirements in drawings and schedules. 3 03 Installation 01.0 General: Set units plumb, level, and true to line, without warp of framing members, doors or panels. Install components in proper alignment and relationship to established lines and grades indicated. Provide proper support and anchor securely in place. 02.0 Construction tolerances: Install storefronts and entrances to comply with the following tolerances: Variation from plane: Do not exceed 3,0 mm in 4,0 m of length or 6,0 mm in any total length. Offset from alignment: The maximum offset from true alignment between two identical members abutting end to end in line shall not exceed 1,5 mm. 03.0 Dissimilar metals: Separate aluminium and other corrodible metal surfaces from sources of corrosion or electrolytic action at points of contact with other materials. Galvanise steel anchors and other unexposed fasteners after fabrication. Paint dissimilar metals where drainage from them passes over aluminium. Paint aluminium surfaces on contact with mortar, concrete or other masonry with alkali-resistant coating. 04.0 Joints: Joints to surrounding construction shall be filled with insulating material of mineral fibre or foam and sealed as indicated in drawings and schedules. 04.1 Use adequate elastic sealing component complying with ISO 11600 or an equivalent Standard. Joints shall be cleaned and if necessary be primed before filling. Width and depth of sealer shall be similar. 04.2 Use sealing foil of Polyisobutylene complying with DIN 16935 or a similar material acceptable to the Engineer. 05.0 Doors: Fit to frames for uniform clearance at each edge. Allow 6 mm clearance to finish floor level. In case floor finish is not yet completed, door leaves shall be taken off and stored at a safe and convenient place - co-ordinate with the Engineer. 06.0 Hardware: Drill and tap frames and doors to apply surface-mounted hardware items. Comply with hardware manufacturer’s instructions and template requirements. Use concealed fasteners wherever possible. 07.0 Operators: Install door operators and control systems including wiring according to manufacturer’s instructions. Power supply will be available at the installation point.
20 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08400 Entrances and Storefronts
3 05 Adjusting and Cleaning Check and readjust operating hardware items, door operators and control systems, leaving doors and frames undamaged and in complete and proper operating condition. Clean all components prior to final inspection and remove protective plastic wrappings from pre-finished elements. Clean glass surfaces complying with requirements contained in section 8800 ‘Glazing’. 3 06 Demonstration Installer or manufacturer shall demonstrate handling and maintenance of all automatic- operated doors to Client’s personnel. 3 07 Protection Protect entrances and storefronts as recommended by manufacturer to ensure that they are without damage at time of Substantial Completion. If necessary, or as requested by the Engineer, remove door leaves and store at a secure place until the completion of other related works.
21 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08400 Entrances and Storefronts
Part 4: Method of Measurement 4 01 General For storefronts the structural opening shall be taken as basis for measurement. Doors will be measured within the clear opening of structural storefront members. In cases of factory pre-glazed units and if glass is specified to be supplied with the door or storefront, the glass will not be measured separately. Hardware, door operators and control devices which are specified to be supplied with the door will not be measured separately. 4 02 Units of Measurement Storefront systems will be measured by area (m2). Any type of door assembly will be enumerated.
22 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08400 Entrances and Storefronts
Part 5: Basis of Payment 5 01 General Payment will be made for complete work including, but not limited to furnishing all material, equipment, tools, scaffolding, storage facilities, water, power, labour, samples and mock-ups, co-ordinating work with other trades, checking, examination, testing, quality assurance, cleaning and protecting. 5 02 Ancillary Works to be included in the Unit Rate The following ancillary works shall be included in the unit rate: Setting of storefront system and door frames, fitting and hanging of door leaves and all setting materials. Wiring of door operators and checking devices. Establishing heights of finished floors with reference to installation locations. Adjusting, cleaning and protection of the works until final handing over .
23 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08500 Metal Windows
Division 08 - Doors and Windows Section 08500 - Metal Windows
Part 1: General 1 01 Summary The work covered by this section consists of providing all tools, labour, equipment and materials, and performing all operations in connection with the production and installation of metal windows. 1 01 01 Section includes 01.0 Side hung (turn) windows 02.0 Bottom hung (tilt) windows 03.0 Turn and tilt windows 04.0 Pivoted windows 05.0 Sliding windows 1 01 04 Related Sections 05500 Metal Fabrication 08400 Entrances and Storefronts 08700 Hardware 08800 Glazing 1 02 References 1 02 01 Applicable Standards 1 02 01 03 International Standards 1 02 01 03 01 International Standards Organization (ISO) ISO 209 Wrought aluminium and aluminium alloys ISO 209 - 1: 89 Chemical composition ISO 209 - 2: 89 Forms of products ISO 1461: 99 Hot dip galvanized coatings on fabricated iron and steel articles – Specifications and Test method. ISO 3934: 78 Rubber building gaskets - Materials in performed solid vulcanizates used for sealing glazing and panels - Specification ISO 6612: 80 Windows and door height windows - Wind resistance test ISO 6613: 80 Windows and door height windows - Air permeability test ISO 6362 - Wrought aluminium and aluminium alloy extruded rods/bars, tubes and profiles. ISO 6362 -2: 90 Mechanical properties ISO 6362 -3: 01 Extruded rectangular bars -Tolerances on shape and dimensions ISO 6362 -4: 88 Extruded profiles - Tolerances on shape and dimensions
1 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08500 Metal Windows
ISO 6362 -5: 01 Extruded round, square and hexagonal bars - Tolerances on form and dimensions ISO 7599: 83 Anodising of aluminium and its alloys - General specification for anodic oxide coatings on aluminium. ISO 8248: 85 Windows and door height windows - Mechanical test ISO 11600: 93 Building construction - Sealants - Classification and requirements 1 02 01 06 British Standards BS 5252: 76 Framework for colour co-ordination for building purposes. BS 6496: 84 (91) Powder organic coatings to aluminium BS 6497: 84 (91) Powder organic coatings to galvanized Steel 1 02 01 07 German Standards DIN 4108 - 4: 02 Thermal insulation and energy economy in buildings; hygrothermal design values, thermal insulation and protection against moisture DIN 16935: 86 Polyisobutylene (PIB) waterproofing sheets; requirements 1 03 Definitions 1 03 01 Technical Terms Borrowed light - window in an internal wall or partition Casement - framed opening light that is hinged or pivoted Casement vent - small top hung casement over a larger casement or direct glazed light Casement window - window in which there are one or more casements Co-ordinating size - a dimension of a co-ordinating space, which defines the relative position of two or more components in an assembly, according to the characteristics of the components which are relevant to the assembly. Double glazed window - window that incorporates two layers of glass, separated by an air space Direct glazed light - fixed light in which glass is glazed in the main frame Fixed light - light that does not open Mullion - intermediates vertical member in an opening or frame Roof window - construction for closing an opening in the plane of a pitched roof that will admit air Sash - framed opening light that slides Sliding sash - sash that slides horizontally Sliding window - window that has sashes that slide horizontally Sunlight - small direct glazed light below a casement Transom - framing member between a lower operable part of a window and a fixed light or tilt window above 1 03 02 Abbreviations K-value Heat transmission factor (ISO) max. maximum min. minimum Rw Sound Transmission Value (German) 2 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08500 Metal Windows
STC Sound Transmission Class (US) U-value Heat transmission factor (ASHRAE-US) 1 05 Submittals Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and specification Section 01300. 1 05 01 Product Data Provide product data for each type of window specified, including details of construction, materials, dimensions, hardware preparation, label compliance, sound and insulation ratings, profiles and finishes and manufacturer's instructions. Provide manufacturer’s certificates for all elements indicated showing compliance with referenced Standards and/ or requirements of local authorities. 1 05 02 Shop Drawings Shop Drawings showing fabrication and installation of standard and custom made metal windows. Include elevations of windows showing opening features, details of construction, location and installation requirements of hardware and reinforcements, and details of joints and connections. Show anchorage and accessory items Provide schedule using same reference numbers for details and openings as those on contract drawings (if available). 1 05 03 Samples Samples for initial selection purposes in form of manufacturer’s colour charts showing full range of colours or patterns available for factory-finished windows. Samples for verification purposes of each type of exposed finish required, prepared as corner sections not less than 15 by 15 cm. 1 05 04 Quality Control Submittals Documented experience of contractor’s site supervisor(s). Reports and records of contractor’s Internal Quality Control. Reports and records of contractor’s External Quality Control. 1 06 Quality Assurance 1 06 01 Qualifications 1 06 01 01 Qualifications of Manufacturers Products used in the work of this Section shall be produced by manufacturers regularly engaged in manufacture of similar items and with a history of successful production acceptable to the Engineer. 1 06 01 02 Qualifications of Installers Use adequate number of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of work . Contractor’s site supervisor(s) shall have knowledge of referenced standards and at least five (5) years of documented experience. 1 06 04 Quality Control 1 06 04 01 Internal Quality Control Contractor’s internal quality control shall include but not be limited to: Checking suppliers test certificates and certificates of compliance to conform to specification and referenced standards prior to assembly or installation.
3 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08500 Metal Windows
Checking suppliers delivery tickets of each delivery for completeness and compliance with supply order and specification. 1 07 Delivery, Storage and Handling 1 07 01 Packing and Shipping Deliver windows cardboard-wrapped or crated to provide protection during transit and job storage. 1 07 02 Storage and Protection Windows at building site shall be under cover. Place units on minimum 10 cm high wood blocking. Avoid use of non-vented plastic or canvas shelters, which could create a humidity chamber. If cardboard wrapper becomes wet during transport, remove carton immediately. Provide minimum 5 cm spaces between stacked elements to promote air circulation.
4 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08500 Metal Windows
Part 2: Products 2 01 Materials 2 01 01 Steel Steel sections for windows (frames and casements) shall be made from hot-rolled steel with integral flanges, complying with ISO 630 or an equivalent Standard. Powder organic coating to galvanized steel shall comply with BS 6497 or an equivalent Standard. 2 01 02 Aluminium Extruded profiles of aluminium or aluminium-alloys for windows shall comply with the requirements of ISO 209 and ISO 6362 or an equivalent Standard. Aluminium shall be surface-treated as indicated according to the following Standards: - Anodised finish complying with ISO 7599 or an equivalent Standard - Powder organic coating complying with BS 6496 or an equivalent Standard 2 01 03 Gaskets Gaskets shall be replaceable and made of rubber material complying with ISO 3934 or an equivalent material acceptable to the Engineer. 2 02 Manufactured Units Window types; Hinged window: may be side hung, top hung or bottom hung; may be turn or tilt window, or a combination of both; Pivoted window: may be horizontally or vertically pivoted Sliding window: horizontally sliding (sash window) Abbreviations : use the following (Ref.: BS 644 - 1) SH side hung TH top hung HP horizontal pivoted VP vertical pivoted BH bottom hung HS horizontal sliding TT tilt and turn FL fixed light DG direct glazed 2 02 01 Steel Windows Provide steel windows of types, styles and sizes indicated on drawings and schedules. Windows shall be tested according to ISO 6612, 6613, 8248 and EN 86 or equivalent Standards. 2 02 01 01 Frames 01.0 Sections for perimeter frames and casements shall be manufactured from solid hot rolled steel shapes with integral flanges. 02.0 Sizes of sections shall be defined by the Contractor, based upon the overall size of window and indicated wind load. 03.0 Frames and casements shall have glazing rebates, sufficient in depth for the required glass. Glazing rebates shall provide an unobstructed glazing surface of 15 mm in height for up to 15 mm thick glazing. For glazing over 15 mm thickness, the rebate shall be at least 18 mm in height.
5 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08500 Metal Windows
04.0 Glazing beads may be of steel or aluminium and fixed by clip-on method or screwed to the frames with countersunk, oval-headed and nickel-plated screws. 2 02 01 02 Weather-stripping The casement sections shall have an integral dovetail groove located on the inside bedding contact for the reception of a gasket. Weather-stripping that is surface applied or requires an additional retainer will not be accepted. 2 02 01 03 Insect Screens Frames shall be roll-formed from 1,0 mm thick galvanized steel and fixed to the window with countersunk, oval-headed and nickel-plated screws. Screen mesh shall be of 0,2 mm aluminium or fibreglass wire. 2 02 01 04 Hardware Provide windows with complete hardware. 2 02 01 05 Finishing Apply the following finish to the manufactured windows: 01.0 Zinc-phosphate pre-treatment before receiving any paint. Powder organic coating of min. thickness 60 micrometer. 02.0 Hot-dip galvanising with min. 350 g/m2; Powder organic coating of min. thickness 60 micrometer. 03.0 Provide Colours as indicated in schedules. 2 02 01 06 Glazing Provide glazing as indicated in schedules and according to specifications. 2 02 02 Aluminium Windows Provide aluminium windows of types, styles and sizes indicated on drawings and schedules. Windows shall be tested according to ISO 6612, 6613, 8248 and EN 86 or equivalent Standards. 2 02 02 01 Frames Sections for perimeter frames, casements and sashes shall be manufactured from extruded aluminium sections complying with ISO 209 and 6362 or an equivalent Standard. Use aluminium defined as AlMgSi 0,7, respectively 6063. 2 02 02 01 01 Hinged and Pivoted Windows 01.0 Sections for frames and ventilators shall be standard with a minimum depth of 45 mm and wall thickness of 1,5 mm. 02.0 Sections for frames and ventilators shall be thermal-break construction with a minimum depth of 50 mm and wall thickness of 2,0 mm; they shall meet the requirements of DIN 4108 - 4, table 3, group 2.2. 03.0 Any additional measures, i.e. deeper sections, increased wall thickness, oversized mullions etc. to meet the structural requirements for size and indicated wind load shall be the Contractor’s responsibility. 2 02 02 01 02 Hinged and Pivoted Windows with Integrated Venetian Blinds Sections for frames and ventilators shall be thermal-break construction with a minimum depth of 90 mm and wall thickness of 2,0 mm; they shall meet the requirements of DIN 4108 - 4, table 3, group 2.2. Provide two glazing rebates for single glass panes of 6 mm. Space for venetian blinds shall be accessible for maintenance without removing panes. Slats shall be made of tempered aluminium, 25 mm deep and provided with tilt control mechanism. Any additional measures, i.e. deeper sections, increased wall thickness, oversized 6 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08500 Metal Windows
mullions etc. to meet the structural requirements for size and indicated wind load shall be the Contractor’s responsibility. 2 02 02 01 03 Sliding Windows 01.0 Sections for frames and ventilators shall be standard with a minimum wall thickness of 1,5 mm and ventilator depth of 30 mm. 02.0 Sections for frames and ventilators shall be thermal-break construction with a minimum wall thickness of 2,0 mm and ventilator depth of 35 mm; they shall meet the requirements of DIN 4108 - 4, table 3, group 2.2 . 03.0 Any additional measures, i.e. deeper sections, increased wall thickness, oversized mullions, reinforcement etc. to meet the structural requirements for size and indicated wind load shall be the Contractor’s responsibility. 2 02 02 01 04 Glazing rebates Frames and casements shall have glazing rebates, sufficient in depth for the required glass. Glazing rebates shall provide an unobstructed glazing surface of 15 mm minimum in height for up to 15 mm thick glazing. For glazing over 15 mm thickness, the rebate shall be 18 mm minimum in height. Glazing beads shall be fixed by clip-on method. 2 02 02 02 Weather-stripping Weather-stripping of pre-manufactured gaskets of rubber based material or brushes (sliding windows) shall be applied at two different planes of each operable window. 2 02 02 03 Insect Screens 2 02 02 03 01 Hinged Windows Insect screens shall consist of aluminium frame with screen cloth of aluminium or fibre glass wire of minimum 0,2 mm thickness. Splines for holding mesh in place shall be removable to permit re-screening. Screen frames shall be fixed to window frames from the inside. 2 02 02 03 02 Sliding Windows Insect screens shall consist of aluminium frame with screen cloth of aluminium or fibre glass wire of minimum 0,2 mm thickness. Splines for holding mesh in place shall be removable to permit re-screening. Screen frames shall have sliding mechanism to allow cleaning of ventilators from inside. Brush gaskets shall be provided at meeting stiles to achieve mosquito-proofing. 2 02 02 05 Hardware Provide windows with complete hardware. 2 02 02 06 Finishing Apply the following finish to the manufactured windows: 01.0 Anodised finish of minimum thickness 15 micrometer 02.0 Powder organic coating of minimum thickness 60 micrometer 03.0 Provide colours as indicated in schedules 2 02 02 07 Glazing Provide glazing as indicated in schedules and according to specifications. 2 03 Fabrication Fabricate metal windows to design and sizes indicated, in accordance with approved shop drawings and compliance with referenced standards.
7 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08500 Metal Windows
2 03 01 Prefabrication / Workmanship 01.0 Complete fabrication including application of hardware and other work to the greatest possible degree in the workshop. Prior to fabrication, all hot rolled steel sections shall be cleaned by shot blasting. Perform cutting, drilling and grinding of metalwork before application of finishes. If finishes (anodization) have to be applied before fabrication, careful handling is necessary to avoid any damage and possible rejection on site. 02.0 Sizing: The profiles used for frames, casements and sashes shall be dimensioned adequately to carry the loads of the individual sizes and withstand the indicated wind loads. Use manufacturer’s tables for dimensioning. 03.0 Welding (steel): Fabricate steel frames with mitred corners and continuous full welds. Transoms and mullions may be fastened by butt welding. Grind exposed welds smooth and fully remove weld spatter and welding oxides. Restore mechanical finish. 04.0 Joining (aluminium): Perimeter and ventilator frames shall be mitred and rigidly joined together by means of reinforcing clips, screwed or set in epoxy. Maintain accurate relationship of planes and angles and hairline fit of contacting members. 05.0 Reinforcing of aluminium: Install reinforcing as necessary for performance requirements and for hardware application. 06.0 Dissimilar metals: Separate dissimilar metals with suitable separation layers. Do not use coatings containing lead. 07.0 Fasteners: Provide either non-corrosive or corrosion protected fasteners and conceal wherever possible. 08.0 Drainage: Fabricate perimeter frames and glazing stops in a way that any water and/ or condensation can be drained to the exterior. 2 03 02 Shop Assembly Windows shall be assembled completely in the shop and shall not be dismantled for shipping. 2 03 03 Shop Finishing 2 03 03 01 General Steel and aluminium windows shall be shop finished as indicated in the respective paragraphs and items. Precautions shall be taken to prevent any damage while shipping to the site. 2 03 03 02 Uniformity of Finish Abutting members shall not have an integral colour or texture variation greater than half the range indicated in the sample submittal. 2 03 04 Tolerances Produce steel and aluminium elements within tolerances of DIN 18203 - 2 or an equivalent Standard. 2 03 05 Inspections The Engineer shall be informed when the first unit is produced to allow for inspection before production of the total amount and also before shipping.
8 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08500 Metal Windows
Part 3: Execution 3 01 General Examination Examine existing conditions for compliance with schedules and for completeness of other trades supposed to be finished before starting of window installation. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3 02 General Preparation Examine windows prior to installation. Minor damages may be repaired on site provided refinished items are equal in all respects to new work and acceptable to the Engineer; otherwise replace damaged items as directed. Verify that windows comply with the requirements in schedules for type, size, location and swing characteristic. 3 03 Installation 3 03 01 General Install windows and accessories in accordance with final shop drawings, manufacturer’s data and as herein specified. Set units plumb, level, and true to line, without warp. Install components in proper alignment and relation to established lines and grades indicated. Provide proper support and anchor securely in place. 3 03 02 Dissimilar metals Separate aluminium and other corrodible metal surfaces from sources of corrosion or electrolytic action at points of contact with other materials. Galvanise steel anchors and other unexposed fasteners after fabrication. Paint dissimilar metals where drainage from them passes over aluminium. Paint aluminium surfaces on contact with mortar, concrete or other masonry with alkali-resistant coating. 3 03 03 Joints Joints to surrounding construction shall be filled with insulating material of mineral fibre or foam and sealed as indicated in drawings and schedules. 01.0 Use adequate elastic sealing component complying with ISO 11600 or an equivalent Standard. Joints shall be cleaned and if necessary be primed before filling. Width and depth of sealer shall be similar. 02.0 Use sealing foil of Polyisobutylene complying with DIN 16935 or a similar material acceptable by the Engineer. See also detail drawings! 3 05 Adjusting and Cleaning Check and re-adjust operating hardware items, leaving windows undamaged and in complete and proper operating condition. Clean all components prior to final inspection and remove protective plastic wrappings from pre-finished elements. Clean glass surfaces complying with requirements contained in Section 8800 ‘Glazing’. 3 06 Demonstration Installer or manufacturer shall demonstrate handling and maintenance of all windows to Employer’s personnel.
9 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08500 Metal Windows
3 07 Protection Protect windows as recommended by manufacturer to ensure that they are without damage at time of Preliminary Handing-over.
Part 4: Method of Measurement 4 01 General For windows the ‘co-ordinating size’ shall be taken as basis for measurement. In cases of factory pre-glazed units the glass will not be measured separately. Hardware specified to be supplied with the window will not be measured separately. 4 02 Units of Measurement Steel and aluminium windows shall be enumerated. Fixing and fitting will be included with the items. Hardware specified with the windows will be included with the items.
10 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08500 Metal Windows
Part 5: Basis of Payment 5 01 General Payment will be made for complete work including, but not limited to furnishing all material, equipment, tools, scaffolding, storage facilities, water, power, for all labour, samples and mock-ups, co-ordinating work with other trades, checking, examination, testing, quality assurance, cleaning and protecting. 5 02 Ancillary Works to be included in the Unit Price Rates The following ancillary works shall be included in the unit price rates: Fixing of windows including all fixing material, i.e. anchorage, bolts etc., shall be included within unit prices. Establishing heights of finished floor with reference to installation locations shall be included in the unit prices. Adjusting, cleaning and protection of the works until final handing over shall be included in the unit prices.
11 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08500 Metal Windows
Annex: Specifier Information 7 01 Modular System For sizing of door and window openings it is proposed to use the ISO modular system with the basic Module M = 100 mm. See the following Standards for explanation. ISO 1040 Building construction - Modular Co-ordination - Multimodules for horizontal co-ordinating dimensions. ISO 1006 Building construction - Modular co-ordination - Basic module ISO 1791 Building construction - Modular co-ordination - Vocabulary ISO 2776 Modular co-ordination - Co-ordinating sizes for door sets - External and internal ISO 2848 Building construction - Modular co-ordination - Principles and rules ISO 6513 Building construction - Modular co-ordination - Series of preferred multimodular sizes for horizontal dimensions
12 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08500 Metal Windows
2 Window Types
13 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08500 Metal Windows
14 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
SECTION 08520 - ALUMINUM WINDOWS AND DOORS
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Protection Section 08520 Aluminum Windows and Doors
SECTION 08520: ALUMINUM WINDOWS AND DOORS
1. GENERAL Section includes extruded aluminum windows and doors with fixed and operating sash, factory glazed including in-fill panels and hardware.
1.1 References AA (Aluminum Association) - Designation System for Aluminum Finishes. AAMA (American Architectural Manufacturers' Association) - Curtain Wall Manual #10 - Care and Handling of Architectural Aluminum From Shop to Site. AAMA Curtain Wall Series No. 11 (American Architectural Manufacturers Association) - Design Wind Loads for Buildings and Boundary Layer Wind Tunnel Testing. AAMA 2605 (American Architectural Manufacturers Association) - Specification for High Performance Organic Coatings on Architectural Extrusions and Panels. AAMA/NWWDA (American Architectural Manufacturers Association/National Wood Window and Door Association) 101/I.S.2 - Voluntary Specifications for Aluminum, Vinyl (PVC) and Wood Windows and Glass Doors. ANSI/AAMA 101 American Architectural Manufacturers Association - Aluminum and Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Prime Windows and Glass Doors. ASCE 7 American Society of Civil Engineers - Calculation of Wind Loads. ASTM A123 - Zinc (Hot Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. ASTM B209 - Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate. ASTM B209M - Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate (Metric). ASTM B221 - Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Shapes, and Tubes. ASTM B221M - Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Shapes, and Tubes (Metric). ASTM D3656 - Insect Screening and Louver Cloth Woven from Vinyl- Coated Glass Yarns. ASTM E283 - Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors. ASTM E330 - Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference.
1 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Protection Section 08520 Aluminum Windows and Doors
ASTM E331 - Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. ASTM E547 - Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Cyclic Static Air Pressure Differential. ASTM E1105 - Test Method for Field Determination of Water Penetration of Installed Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform or Cyclic Static Air Pressure Difference. ASTM F588 - Resistance of Window Assemblies to Forced Entry Excluding Glazing. SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council - Paint 20 Zinc Rich Coating. SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council - Paint 25 Red Iron Oxide, Zinc Oxide, Raw Linseed Oil and Alkyd Primer (Without Lead and Chromate Pigments).
1.2 System Description Windows: Tubular Single thickness aluminum sections, factory fabricated, factory finished, glazed vision glass, infill panels, related flashings, anchorage and attachment devices. Configuration: Conform with ANSI/AAMA 101 Designations for windows required for Project; C-casement, HS-horizontal sliding, BH bottom hinged, VS-vertically sliding, F-fixed non-operable, SD-side hinged (in swinging) T- tilting, sash. Glazing: Double tinted glass. Revolving door to be automatic operated
1.3 Performance Requirements Primary Performance Requirements: Aluminum windows and doors to meet performance criteria for ANSI/AAMA 101 Designation. System Design: Design and size components to withstand dead loads and live loads caused by positive and negative wind loads acting normal to plane of wall as calculated in accordance with applicable local code. Deflection: Limit member deflection to 1/175 of longer dimension with full recovery of glazing materials. Assembly: To accommodate, without damage to components or deterioration of seals, movement between window and door and perimeter framing, deflection of lintel. Thermal Transmittance of Assembly: Maximum U Value of 4 W/sq m per K when measured in accordance with AAMA 1503.1 Air Infiltration: Limit air infiltration through assembly to 2 cubic meters/hour/sq meter of wall area, measured at reference differential pressure across assembly as measured in accordance with ASTM E283.
2 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Protection Section 08520 Aluminum Windows and Doors
Vapor Seal: Limit vapor seal with interior atmospheric pressure of 25 mm sp, 22 degrees C, 40 percent RH without seal failure. Water Leakage: None, when measured in accordance with ASTM E331. System Internal Drainage: Drain water entering joints, condensation occurring in glazing channels, and migrating moisture occurring within system, to exterior by weep drainage network. Air and Vapor Seal: Maintain continuous air barrier and vapor retarder throughout assembly, primarily in line with inside pane of glass and heel bead of glazing compound. Position thermal insulation on exterior surface of air barrier and vapor retarder.
1.4 Submittals Shop Drawings: Indicate opening dimensions, framed opening tolerances, affected related Work; and installation requirements. Product Data: Submit component dimensions, anchorage and fasteners, glass, internal drainage, and typical details. Samples: Submit two 300x300 mm in size illustrating window frame section mullion section screen and frame, factory finished aluminum surfaces, glass, infill panels, glazing materials. Submit two samples of operating hardware.
1.5 Quality Assurance Perform Work in accordance with the following: Aluminum Windows: Fabricate window assemblies in accordance with ANSI/AAMA 101 for types of windows required. Insulated Glass: Fabricate insulated glass units in accordance with SIGMA. Safety Glass: Conform to ANSI Z97.1 and applicable codes.
1.6 Qualifications Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing commercial institutional aluminum windows with minimum three years documented experience. Installer: Company specializing in installation of commercial institutional aluminum windows with minimum three years documented experience.
1.7 Pre-Installation Meeting Convene minimum one week prior to commencing Work of this section.
1.8 Delivery, Storage, And Protection Handle Work of this section in accordance with AAMA 101. Protect factory finished aluminum surfaces with wrapping.
3 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Protection Section 08520 Aluminum Windows and Doors
Do not use adhesive papers or sprayed coatings that bond when exposed to sunlight or weather.
1.9 Environmental Requirements Do not install glazing materials when ambient temperature is less than 5 degrees C. Maintain this minimum temperature during and after installation of glazing materials.
1.10 Warranty Furnish five year manufacturer warranty for insulated glass units from seal failure, inter-pane dusting or misting, and replacement of it. Warranty: Include coverage for degradation of color finish.
2. PRODUCTS
2.1 Aluminum Windows Recommended Vendors: ♦ “Schuco” of Germany ♦ “Permasteelisa” of Italy ♦ “Gartner” of Germany ♦ “Schmidlin” of Germany ♦ “Mero” of Germany ♦ Or any other equivalent and approved by the Engineer. Product Description: Aluminum windows thermally broken; flush glass stops of snap-on. Reinforced Mullion: Extruded aluminum with integral reinforcement of aluminum structural section.
2.2 Components Extruded Aluminum: 6063 alloy, T5 temper. Sheet Aluminum: 3003; 5005 alloy, H15 or H34 temper. Steel Sections: Profiled to suit mullion sections. Glass double tinted glass.
2.3 Accessories Fasteners and Anchors: Stainless or Galvanized steel as per location and exposure.
2.4 Fabrication Fabricate components with minimum clearances and shim spacing around perimeter of assembly, yet enabling installation and dynamic movement of perimeter seal.
4 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Protection Section 08520 Aluminum Windows and Doors
Accurately fit and secure joints and corners. Make joints flush, hairline, and weatherproof. Prepare components to receive anchor devices. Fabricate anchors. Arrange fasteners and attachments to ensure concealment from view. Prepare components with internal reinforcement for operating hardware. Furnish internal reinforcement in mullions members to maintain rigidity. Permit internal drainage weep holes and channels to migrate moisture to exterior. Furnish internal drainage of glazing spaces to exterior through weep holes.
2.5 Shop Finishing All Aluminum extrusions, panel,…etc shall be anodized.
3. EXECUTION
3.1 Examination Verify wall openings and adjoining air and vapor seal materials are ready to receive Work of this section.
3.2 Installation Attach window and door frame and shims to perimeter opening to accommodate construction tolerances and other irregularities. Align window and door plumb and level, free of warp or twist. Maintain dimensional tolerances and alignment with adjacent Work. Install sill and sill end angles. Install thermal isolation where components penetrate or disrupt building insulation. Pack fibrous insulation in shim spaces at perimeter of assembly to maintain continuity of thermal barrier. Coordinate attachment and seal of perimeter air barrier and vapor retarder materials. Install operating hardware.
3.3 Erection Tolerances Maximum Variation from Level or Plumb: 1.5 mm/m non-cumulative or 3 mm/3m, whichever is less.
3.4 Adjusting Adjust hardware for smooth operation and secure weather tight closure.
5 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Protection Section 08520 Aluminum Windows and Doors
3.5 Cleaning Remove protective material from factory finished aluminum surfaces. Wash surfaces by method recommended and acceptable to sealant and window manufacturer; rinse and wipe surfaces clean. Remove excess sealant by moderate use of mineral spirits or other solvent acceptable to sealant and window manufacturer. End of Section ======
6 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08600 Wood and Plastic Windows
Division 08 - Doors and Windows Section 08600 - Wood and Plastic Windows
Part 1: General 1 01 Summary The work covered by this section consists of providing all tools, labour, equipment and materials, and performing all operations in connection with the production and installation of wood and plastic windows. 1 01 01 Section includes 01.0 Side hung (turn) windows 02.0 Bottom hung (tilt) windows 03.0 Turn and tilt windows 04.0 Pivoted windows 05.0 Sliding windows 1 01 04 Related Sections 06400 Architectural Woodwork 08700 Hardware 08800 Glazing 1 02 References 1 02 01 Applicable Standards 1 02 01 03 International Standards 1 02 01 03 01 International Standards Organization (ISO) ISO 3934: 78 Rubber building gaskets - Materials in performed solid vulcanizates used for sealing glazing and panels - Specification ISO 6612: 80 Windows and door height windows - Wind resistance test ISO 6613: 80 Windows and door height windows - Air permeability test ISO 8248: 85 Windows and door height windows - Mechanical test ISO 11600: 93 Building construction - Sealants - Classification and requirements 1 02 01 05 European Standards EN 86: 81 Methods of testing windows; water tightness test under static pressure 1 02 01 06 British Standards BS 644 - Wood Windows BS 644 - 1: 89 Specification for factory assembled windows of various types BS 1186 - 1: 91 Specification for timber BS 1204: 93 Specification for type MR phenolic and aminoplastic synthetic resin adhesives for wood 1
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08600 Wood and Plastic Windows
BS 7056: 00 Specification for primers for woodwork BS 5358: 93 Specification for solvent-borne priming paints for woodwork 1 02 02 Codes BS 5589: 89 Code of practice for preservation of timber BS 6150: 91 Code of practice for painting of buildings 1 03 Definitions 1 03 01 Technical Terms Borrowed light - window in an internal wall or partition Casement - framed opening light that is hinged or pivoted Casement vent - small top hung casement over a larger casement or direct glazed light Casement window - window in which there are one or more casements Co-ordinating size - a dimension of a co-ordinating space, which defines the relative position of two or more components in an assembly, according to the characteristics of the components Double glazed window - window that incorporates two layers of glass, separated by an air space Direct glazed light - fixed light in which glass is glazed in the main frame Fixed light - light that does not open Mullion - intermediates vertical member in an opening or frame Opaque stain - a coating for wood which has the general application characteristics and solid content associated with a wood stain, but contains opaque pigments Permeability - the rate of water vapour transmission through the coating system Roof window - construction for closing an opening in the plane of a pitched roof that will admit air Sash - framed opening light that slides Sliding sash - sash that slides horizontally Sliding window - window that has sashes that slide horizontally Stain - semi-transparent wood finish Sublight - small direct glazed light below a casement 1 03 02 Abbreviations K-value Heat transmission factor (ISO) max. maximum min. minimum Rw Sound Transmission Value (German) STC Sound Transmission Class (US) U-value Heat transmission factor (ASHRAE) 1 05 Submittals Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and specification Section 01300.
2
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08600 Wood and Plastic Windows
1 05 01 Product Data Provide product data for each type of window specified, including details of construction, materials, dimensions, hardware preparation, label compliance, sound and insulation ratings, profiles and finishes and manufacturers instructions. Provide manufacturer’s certificates for all elements indicated showing compliance with referenced standards, and/ or requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1 05 02 Shop Drawings Provide shop drawings showing fabrication and installation of standard and custom made wood and plastic windows. Include elevations of windows showing opening features, details of construction, location and installation requirements of hardware and reinforcements, and details of joints and connections. Show anchorage and accessory items Provide schedule using same reference numbers for details and openings as those on contract drawings (if available). 1 05 03 Samples Provide samples for initial selection purposes in form of manufacturer’s colour charts showing full range of colours or patterns available for factory-finished windows. Provide samples for verification purposes of each type of exposed finish required, prepared as corner sections not less than 15 by 15 cm. 1 05 04 Quality Control Submittals Documented experience of contractor’s site supervisor(s). (see ref. 'Quality Assurance') Reports and records of contractor’s Internal Quality Control. Reports and records of contractor’s External Quality Control. 1 05 05 02 Operation and Maintenance Data Provide schedule and data for maintenance of windows. 1 06 Quality Assurance 1 06 01 Qualifications 1 06 01 01 Qualifications of Manufacturers Products used in the work of this Section shall be produced by manufacturers regularly engaged in manufacture of similar items and with a history of successful production acceptable to the Engineer. 1 06 01 02 Qualifications of Installers Use adequate number of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of work . Contractor’s site supervisor(s) shall have knowledge of referenced standards and at least five (5) years of documented experience. 1 06 04 Quality Control 1 06 04 01 Internal Quality Control Contractor’s internal quality control shall include but not be limited to: Checking of suppliers test certificates and certificates of compliance to conform to specification and referenced standards prior to assembly or installation. Checking of supplier’s delivery tickets of each delivery for completeness and compliance with supply order and specification. 3
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08600 Wood and Plastic Windows
1 07 Delivery, Storage and Handling 1 07 01 Packing and Shipping Deliver windows cardboard-wrapped or crated to provide protection during transit and job storage. 1 07 02 Storage and Protection Windows at building site shall be under cover. Place units on minimum 10 cm high wood blocking. Avoid use of non-vented plastic or canvas shelters, which could create a humidity chamber. If cardboard wrapper becomes wet during transport, remove carton immediately. Provide minimum 5 cm spaces between stacked elements to promote air circulation.
4
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08600 Wood and Plastic Windows
Part 2: Products 2 01 Materials 2 01 01 Wood Wood for windows shall meet the requirements of BS 1186 -1 or an equivalent Standard. Frames shall be made of class 3 timber or better. Casements, sashes and beads shall be made of class 2 timber. Beads smaller than 15 mm in either direction shall be made of class 1 timber. 2 01 02 Gaskets Gaskets shall be replaceable and made of rubber material complying with ISO 3934 or an equivalent material acceptable to the Engineer. 2 02 Manufactured Units Window types; Hinged window: may be side hung, top hung or bottom hung; may be turn or tilt window, or a combination of both; Pivoted window: may be horizontally or vertically pivoted Sliding window: horizontally sliding (sash window)
Abbreviations used for the different window features SH side hung TH top hung HP horizontal pivoted VP vertical pivoted BH bottom hung HS horizontal sliding TT tilt and turn FL fixed light DG direct glazed 2 02 01 Wood Windows Provide wood windows of types, styles, sizes and wind load indicated on drawings and schedules, complying with BS 644 -1 or an equivalent Standard. Windows shall be tested according to ISO 6612, 6613, 8248 and EN 86 or equivalent Standards. 2 02 01 01 Frames 01.0 Sections for perimeter frames and casements shall be manufactured from solid timber. 02.0 Sizes of sections shall be defined by the Contractor, based upon the overall size of window and indicated wind load. Minimum depth for all sections shall be 50 mm. 03.0 Rebates: Frames and casements shall have glazing rebates, sufficient in depth for the required glass. Glazing rebates shall provide an unobstructed glazing surface of 15 mm in height for up to 15 mm thick glazing. For glazing over 15 mm thickness, the rebate shall be at least 18 mm in height. 04.0 Glazing beads shall be fixed with countersunk, oval-headed and nickel-plated screws. 05.0 Adhesives for fixing frame sections shall comply with the requirements of BS 1204 -2, type MR, or another material acceptable to the Engineer.
5
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08600 Wood and Plastic Windows
06.0 Deviations: Deviations from overall height and width shall be less than ± 2 mm. Casements and sashes shall not be distorted nor deviate from shape to an extend that prevents the function of the glazing system, the weather-stripping or the hardware. 07.0 Security: Opening lights shall not be openable or removable from the outside when fastened in the closed position. 08.0 Safety: It shall not be possible for any of the opening lights to become accidentally dislodged from the frame when the window is being operated. 2 02 01 02 Weather-stripping Weather-stripping of pre-manufactured gaskets of rubber-based material or brushes (sliding windows) shall be applied at each operable window. They shall be fixed into a groove and easily replaceable. 2 02 01 03 Insect Screens 2 02 02 03 01 Hinged Windows Insect screens shall consist of aluminium frame with screen cloth of aluminium or fibre glass wire of minimum 0,2 mm thickness. Splines for holding mesh in place shall be removable to permit re-screening. Screen frames shall be fixed to window frames from the inside. 2 02 02 01 02 Sliding Windows Insect screens shall consist of aluminium frame with screen cloth of aluminium or fibre glass wire of minimum 0,2 mm thickness. Splines for holding mesh in place shall be removable to permit re-screening. Screen frames shall have sliding mechanism to allow cleaning of ventilators from inside. Brush gaskets shall be provided at meeting stiles to achieve mosquito proofing. 2 02 01 04 Hardware Provide windows with complete hardware. See hardware schedule, Section 8700 ‘Hardware’. 2 02 01 05 Finishing Apply the following finish to the manufactured windows before application of hardware. Finish shall be in compliance with BS 6150 or an equivalent Standard. 2 02 01 05 01 Semi-Transparent Stain Finish 01.0 Pre-treatment with anti-fungus OS applied by immersion process, complying with BS 5589 or an equivalent Standard. 02.0 Two (2) coats of semi-transparent stain finish, water or solvent-borne, low built (5 - 20 micrometer). 03.0 One (1) base coat of semi-transparent stain finish, water or solvent-borne; One (1) finish coat of semi-transparent stain finish, water or solvent-borne, medium built (20 - 60 micrometer). 04.0 Provide colours as indicated in schedules. 2 02 01 05 02 Opaque Finish 01.0 Pre-treatment with anti-fungus OS applied by immersion process, complying with BS 5589 or an equivalent Standard. 02.0 One coat of water or solvent-borne primer complying with BS 5082 or 5358 respectively. 03.0 One (1) base coat of opaque stain finish, water or solvent-borne; one (1) finish coat of opaque stain finish, water or solvent-borne, medium built (20 - 60 micrometer). 6
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08600 Wood and Plastic Windows
04.0 Provide colours as indicated in schedules. 2 02 01 06 Glazing Provide glazing as indicated in schedules and according to specifications in Section 8800 ‘Glazing’. 2 03 Fabrication Fabricate wood windows to design and sizes indicated, in accordance with approved shop drawings and compliance with referenced standards. 2 03 01 Prefabrication / Workmanship 01.0 Complete fabrication including application of hardware and other work to the greatest possible degree in the workshop. 02.0 Sizing: The profiles for frames, casements and sashes shall be dimensioned adequately to carry the loads of the individual sizes and withstand the indicated wind loads. 03.0 Joining: Perimeter and ventilator frames shall be rigidly joined together either by tongue and groove or with hardwood dowels of sufficient diameter. Maintain accurate relation of planes and angles and hairline fit of contacting members. 04.0 Fasteners: Provide either non-corrodible or corrosion protected fasteners and conceal wherever possible. 05.0 Drainage: Fabricate perimeter frames and glazing stops in a way that any water and/ or condensation can be drained to the exterior. 06.0 Insect Screens: Screen frames shall be manufactured to allow for easy mesh replacement. Fastenings shall permit attachment and removal from the interior. 2 03 02 Shop Assembly Windows shall be assembled completely in the shop and shall not be dismantled for shipping. 2 03 03 Shop Finishing 2 03 03 01 General Wood windows shall be shop finished as indicated in the respective paragraphs and items. Precautions shall be taken to prevent any damage while shipping to the site. 2 03 03 02 Uniformity of Finish Abutting members shall not have an integral colour or texture variation greater than half the range indicated in the sample submittal. 2 03 04 Tolerances All tolerances shall conform to applicable referenced standards. 2 03 05 Inspections The Engineer shall be informed when the first unit is produced to allow for inspection before production of the total amount and also before shipping.
7
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08600 Wood and Plastic Windows
Part 3: Execution 3 01 General Examination Do not deliver or install doors until conditions of temperature and relative humidity have been stabilised and will be maintained in storage and installation areas during the remainder of the construction period at a level similar to occupancy conditions. Examine existing conditions also for compliance with schedules and for completeness of other trades supposed to be finished before starting of window installation. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3 02 General Preparation Examine windows prior to installation. Minor damages may be repaired on site, provided refinished items are equal in all respects to new work and acceptable to the Engineer; otherwise replace damaged items as directed. Verify that windows comply with the requirements in schedules for type, size, location and swing characteristic. 3 03 Installation 01.0 General: Install windows and accessories in accordance with final shop drawings, manufacturer’s data and as herein specified. Set units plumb, level, and true to line without warp. Install components in proper alignment and relation to established lines and grades indicated. Provide proper support and anchor securely in place. 02.0 Joints: Joints to surrounding construction shall be filled with insulating material of mineral fibre or foam and sealed as indicated in drawings and schedules. Use adequate elastic sealing component complying with ISO 11600 or an equivalent Standard. Joints shall be cleaned and if necessary be primed before filling. Width and depth of sealer shall be similar. See also detail drawings. 3 05 Adjusting and Cleaning Check and re-adjust operating hardware items, leaving windows undamaged and in complete and proper operating condition. Clean all components prior to final inspection and remove protective plastic wrappings from pre-finished elements. 3 06 Demonstration Installer or manufacturer shall demonstrate handling and maintenance of all windows to Employer’s personnel. 3 07 Protection Protect windows as recommended by manufacturer to ensure that they are without damage at time of ‘Substantial Completion’.
8
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08600 Wood and Plastic Windows
Part 4: Method of Measurement 4 01 General For windows the ‘co-ordinating size’ shall be taken as basis for measurement. In cases of factory pre-glazed units the glass will not be measured separately. Hardware specified to be supplied with the window will not be measured separately. 4 02 Units of Measurement Windows shall be enumerated. Fixing and fitting will deem to be included with the items. Hardware specified with the windows will deem be included with the items.
9
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08600 Wood and Plastic Windows
Part 5: Basis of Payment 5 01 General Payment will be made for complete work including, but not limited to furnishing all material, equipment, tools, scaffolding, storage facilities, water, power, for all labour, samples and mock-ups, co-ordinating work with other trades, checking, examination, testing, quality assurance, cleaning and protecting. 5 02 Ancillary Works to be included in the Unit Rate The following ancillary works shall be included in the unit rate: Fixing of windows inclusive all fixing material, i.e. anchorages, bolts etc. Establishing heights of finished floor with reference to installation . Adjusting, cleaning and protection of the works until final handing over .
10
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08600 Wood and Plastic Windows
Annex: General Information 7 01 Modular System For sizing of door and window openings it is proposed to use the ISO modular system with the basic Module M = 100 mm. See the following Standards for explanation. ISO 1040 Building construction - Modular Co-ordination - Multimodules for horizontal co-ordinating dimensions ISO 1006 Building construction - Modular co-ordination - Basic module ISO 1791 Building construction - Modular co-ordination - Vocabulary ISO 2776 Modular co-ordination - Co-ordinating sizes for door sets - External and internal ISO 2848 Building construction - Modular co-ordination - Principles and rules ISO 6513 Building construction - Modular co-ordination - Series of preferred multimodular sizes for horizontal dimensions
11
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08600 Wood and Plastic Windows
7 02 Window Types
12
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08700 Hardware
Division 08 - Doors and Windows Section 08700 - Hardware
Part 1: General 1 01 Summary The work covered by this section consists of providing all tools, labour, equipment and materials, and performing all operations in connection with production and installation of hardware. 1 01 01 Section includes 01.0 Hinges 02.0 Locks 03.0 Door closers 04.0 Levers and handles 05.0 Accessories 1 01 04 Related Sections 06400 Architectural Woodwork 08100 Metal Doors and Frames 08200 Wood and Plastic Doors 08300 Special Doors 08400 Entrances and Storefronts 08500 Metal Windows 08600 Wood and Plastic Windows 16400 Service and Distribution 1 02 References 1 02 01 Applicable Standards 1 02 01 04 USA Standards 1 02 01 04 01 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) ASTM E2074: 00 Standard Test Method for fire tests of door assemblies, including positive pressure testing of side-hinged and swinging door assemblies. 1 02 01 04 03 American National Standards Institution (ANSI) ANSI/BHMA A 156.1: 97 Butts and Hinges ANSI/BHMA A 156.2: 96 Bored and pre-assembled locks & latches ANSI/BHMA A 156.3: 94 Exit Devices ANSI/BHMA A 156.4 - 92 Door Controls - Closers ANSI/BHMA A 156.5: 92 Auxiliary Locks and Associated Products
1 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08700 Hardware
ANSI A 156.13: 94 Locks and Latches, Mortise ANSI A 156.17: 99 Hinges and Pivots, Self-Closing ANSI/UL 1034: 00 UL Standard for Safety Burglary-Resistant Electric Locking Mechanisms 1 03 Definitions 1 03 01 Technical Terms Anti-thrust action - latch action in which the latch bolt, when engaged, is resisted from being forced back by end pressure on the bolt Bored lock series 4000 - a key in the knob type lock installed in round bored openings in the edge and side of a door Butt hinge - hinge with a central pin and two flaps recessed or semi-recessed, fixed to the adjacent joint faces for side hanging or top hanging application Casement hinge - hinge used for a side or top hung casement Cylinder rose - plate that surrounds the outer end of a cylinder door closer - mechanical device for closing a door leaf Door guard rail - bar fixed across the face of a door leaf to protect it from damage Door plate - plate to protect part of the surface of a door leaf Dead lock - lock that only contains a deadbolt Electric strike - an electrical device operated from a remote position allowing a locked door to be opened by push or pull; signals to a central panel can indicate locked, unlocked and door open conditions Escutcheon - surround with a shaped hole, with or without a pivoted cover plate, primarily to protect the door leaf from abrasion damage caused by key insertion Exit alarm - an electrically operated device indicating either audibly or silently the unauthorised opening of a door Exit lock - a rim lock operated by a push bar extending part way or almost all the way across the width of a door used for emergency egress and incorporating an exit alarm Floor spring - door closer positioned in the floor that also supports the door leaf Gate spring pivots - these spring pivots are merely used for gates (outside), which are normally some distance of the ground and often do not have a header, so any fixing has to be towards the jamb. Handle - fitting for opening and closing doors, windows, gates and drawers by hand Intumescent interlayer - inorganic interlayer, which when subjected to heat turns opaque and intumesce (expand). Kick plate - door plate fixed across the bottom of a door leaf Lever handle - handle in the form of a lever or bar used to withdraw a latch bolt Lift off butt - butt hinge with hinge pin fixed to one flap that can be lifted away from the other Mortise lock - lock for fixing in a mortise, usually in the closing edge of a door leaf or window Night latch - latch with a single bevel latch bolt that is operated internally by a knob and externally by a key Panic bolt - fastener that consists of a minimum of two rods or bolts engaged in the surrounding frame or floor and released by pressure in a horizontal direction 2 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08700 Hardware
Parliament hinge - butt hinge with a projecting pivot that allows the door leaf to clear projections from the wall within the limits of the hinge pivot projection Pamela hinge - hinge which is available in a wide range of layouts as two or three part hinge; i.e. hinge for aluminium doors, which by some manufacturers is even called a pivot hinge Pivot hinges - a hinge with a fixed pin and a single joint having a height less than the adjacent hinge leaves (ANSI A156.1) Pre-assembled lock series 2000 - a key in the knob type lock fitting into a notched cut-out in a door Push plate - door plate fixed on a door leaf that is usually unfastened and has a self- closing device Rim lock - lock for fixing on the face of a door leaf Rose - plate with a hole that provides a bearing for a handle Spindle - metal rod, usually square, that enables a handle to operate a latch action Spring hinge - hinge that includes a spring that closes a door leaf automatically, either single or double action Spring pivot - pivot hinge that includes a spring that closes a door leaf automatically, either single or double action Strap hinge - hinge with a pin and two elongated tapered flaps Striking plate - component, usually of a mortise lock or latch, fixed to a frame to engage a bolt Top centre - fastening fixed to the top of a door leaf and used with a lower pivot or floor spring 1 03 02 Abbreviations max. maximum min. minimum UL Underwriters Laboratories 1 05 Submittals Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and specification section 01300. 1 05 01 Product Data Provide product data for each type of hardware specified, including label compliance, fire- ratings, finishes and maintenance instructions. Provide manufacturer’s certificates for all elements indicated showing compliance with referenced standards and/ or requirements of local authorities. 1 05 02 Shop Drawings 1 05 03 Samples Provide samples for initial selection purposes for all hardware items specified. 1 05 04 Quality Control Submittals Documented experience of contractor’s site supervisor(s) Reports and records of contractor’s Internal Quality Control. Reports and records of contractor’s External Quality Control.
3 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08700 Hardware
1 05 05 Handing-Over Submittals 1 05 05 01 Project Records Provide a revised hardware schedule with the actual status of the installed items. 1 05 05 02 Operation and Maintenance Data Provide schedule and data for operation and maintenance of hardware. 1 05 06 Other Submittals 1 05 06 01 Hardware Schedule 01.0 General: Submit complete hardware schedule organised into sets based on hardware specified. Co-ordinate hardware with doors frames, and related work to ensure proper size, thickness, function, and finish. Include item name, name of the manufacturer and complete designations of every item required for each door and/ or window opening. 02.0 Sequence: Submit schedule at earliest possible date, particularly where acceptance of hardware schedule must precede fabrication of other work (i.e. hollow metal doors, wood doors etc.). 03.0 Keying Schedule: Submit separate detailed schedule indicating clearly how the Employer's final instructions on keying of locks has been fulfilled. 1 06 Quality Assurance 1 06 01 Qualifications 1 06 01 01 Qualifications of Manufacturers Hardware used in the work of this Section shall be produced by manufacturers regularly engaged in manufacture of hardware and with a history of successful production acceptable to the Engineer. 1 06 01 02 Qualifications of Installers Use adequate number of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of work . Contractor’s site supervisor(s) shall have knowledge of referenced standards and at least five (5) years of documented experience. 1 06 04 Quality Control 1 06 04 01 Internal Quality Control Contractor’s internal quality control shall include but not be limited to: Checking suppliers test certificates and certificates of compliance to conform to specification and referenced standards prior to assembly or installation. Checking supplier’s delivery tickets for compliance with supply order and specification. 1 07 Delivery, Storage and Handling 1 07 01 Packing and Shipping Protect hardware during delivery to comply with manufacturer’s directions, and as required to prevent any damage, especially to plated and polished articles. 1 07 02 Storage and Protection Store hardware at building site only originally packed, protect it against dust and dirt and take care for proper ventilation to prevent condensation.
4 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08700 Hardware
Part 2: Products 2 01 Door Hardware 2 01 01 Hinges 2 01 01 01 General 01.0 Hinges for doors shall comply with the requirements of ANSI A156.1 or any other equivalent Standard. They shall be provided according to the required grades and meet the respective test requirements. 02.0 Hinges shall be of steel, stainless steel, brass, bronze, aluminium or nylon with finishes indicated in schedules. 03.0The size of the hinges shall be adequate for the respective door weight and size and comply with manufacturer's data. 04.0 Pins of all non-ferrous type hinges shall be of stainless steel. Protruding heads of stainless steel pins shall match metal of hinge. 05.0 Non-rising loose pins: Pins shall be removable without damaging exposed surfaces and shall be retained by means that offer effective resistance to movement of the pin from its seat. 06.0 Fixed pin: External doors opening to the outside shall have a non-removable fixed pin. 07.0 Ball bearings: Hinges of grade 1 and 2 shall have ball bearings. They shall be of stainless steel for stainless steel and non-ferrous type hinges. 2 01 01 02 Butt Hinges Butt hinges may be applied as full mortise, full surface, half mortise, half surface or slide-in hinges as indicated in schedules and/or drawings. 2 01 01 03 Lift Off Hinges Lift off hinges shall allow easy removal of the door from its seat without removing of pins or screws. Provide them as falling or rising hinges as required in schedules. 2 01 01 04 Parliament Hinges Provide parliament hinges of the required grade, material and finish, for applications indicated. 2 01 01 06 Pivot Hinges Provide pivot hinges of the required grade, material and finish, for applications indicated. 2 01 01 07 Self Closing Hinges and Pivots 01.0 Spring hinges and pivots for doors shall comply with the requirements of ANSI A156.17 or any other equivalent Standard. They shall be provided according to the required grades and meet the respective test requirements. 02.0 Hinges or pivots shall be of steel or stainless steel with finishes indicated in schedules. 03.0 The size of the hinges and pivots shall be adequate for the respective door weight and size; comply with manufacturer's data. 04.0 Spring hinges and pivots shall be tension-adjustable. 05.0 Provide spring hinges or pivots double or single-acting as indicated in schedules. 06.0 Gate spring pivots shall always be fixed to the jamb.
5 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08700 Hardware
2 01 02 Locks 2 01 02 01 Mortise Locks and Latches Mortise Locks and Latches' according to ANSI A156.13 are divided into two different 'Operational Grades' 1 and 2, and four different 'Security Grades 1, 2, 3 and 4. The difference between operational grade 1 and 2 is only in the different throw of latch and deadbolt. Grade 1 is always the highest grade. Mortise locks and latches for doors shall comply with the requirements of ANSI A156.13 or an equivalent Standard. They shall be provided according to the required grades and functions as indicated in schedules, and meet the respective test requirements. The lock front (forehead) shall be either galvanized, plated or stainless steel as indicated in schedules. Provide exposed trim, such as knobs, levers, roses or escutcheons of materials and with finish indicated in schedules. Roses or escutcheons shall fully cover cross bore openings in the door. Cylinder: see paragraph 'Cylinders' of this Section! Fire rated locks shall be UL-listed for the required time as indicated in schedules. 2 01 02 02 Pre-assembled Locks & Latches Pre-assembled Locks & Latches according to ANSI A156.2 are available in grade 1. Pre-assembled locks and latches for doors shall comply with the requirements of ANSI A156.2 or an equivalent Standard. They shall be provided according to the required functions and finishes as indicated in schedules, and meet the respective test requirements. The lock front (forehead) shall be either galvanized, plated or stainless steel as indicated in schedules. Provide exposed trim, such as knobs, levers, roses or escutcheons of materials and with finish indicated in schedules. Roses or escutcheons shall fully cover cross bore openings in the door. Knobs shall be securely held in place without screws and a locked outside knob shall not be removable when the door is locked. Cylinder: see paragraph 'Cylinders' of this Section! Fire rated locks shall be UL-listed for the required time as indicated in schedules. 2 01 02 03 Bored Locks & Latches Bored Locks & Latches' according to ANSI A156.2 are available in 3 grades. Bored locks and latches for doors shall comply with the requirements of ANSI A156.2 or an equivalent Standard. They shall be provided according to the required grades, functions and finishes as indicated in schedules, and meet the respective test requirements. The lock front (forehead) shall be either galvanized, plated or stainless steel as indicated in schedules. Provide exposed trim, such as knobs, levers, roses or escutcheons of materials and with finish indicated in schedules. Roses or escutcheons shall fully cover cross bore openings in the door. Knobs shall be securely held in place without screws and a locked outside knob shall not be removable when the door is locked. Cylinder: see paragraph 'Cylinders' of this Section! Fire rated locks shall be UL-listed for the required time as indicated in schedules. 2 01 02 04 Auxiliary Locks Auxiliary Locks ' according to ANSI A156.5 are divided into three different 'Operational- and Security Grades' 1, 2 and 3. Grade 1 is always the highest grade. Auxiliary locks and latches for doors shall comply with the requirements of ANSI A156.5 or any other equivalent Standard. They shall be provided according to the required grades and functions as indicated in schedules, and meet the respective test requirements. The lock front (forehead) shall be either galvanized, plated or stainless steel as indicated in schedules. 6 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08700 Hardware
Provide exposed trim, such as knobs, levers, roses or escutcheons of materials and with finish indicated in schedules. Roses or escutcheons shall fully cover cross bore openings in the door. Knobs shall be securely held in place without screws and a locked outside knob shall not be removable when the door is locked. Cylinder: see paragraph 'Cylinders' of this Section! Fire rated locks shall be UL-listed for the required time as indicated in schedules. 2 01 02 05 Exit Locks Provide exit locks of types indicated, which are UL-listed or tested and labelled according to ANSI A156.5, respectively A156.3 or an equivalent Standard. Testing shall be done by an authorised and independent testing laboratory. The lock front (forehead) shall be either galvanized, plated or stainless steel as indicated in schedules. Provide exposed trim, such as actuating bars, push plates or paddles and roses or escutcheons of materials and with finish indicated in schedules. Roses or escutcheons shall fully cover cross bore openings in the door. Cylinder: see paragraph 'Cylinders' of this Section! Fire rated locks shall be UL-listed for the required time as indicated in schedules. 2 01 02 06 Electrified Locks Electrified locks shall be of grade 1 and U.L. listed for the required fire rating or security. Door trim as well shall be of the fire rated type, respectively listed for the required security. Cylinder: see paragraph 'Cylinders' of this Section! 2 01 03 Strikes 2 01 03 01 Standard Strikes Strikes shall be made of steel, stainless steel or brass as indicated. Material thickness shall not be less than 1,5 mm. Shape; size and grade shall fit the adequate lock. Strikes for non- rebated wooden doors shall have an extension for the latch bolt to protect the edge of door. Strikes used on fire doors shall be tested in accordance with ASTM E2074 or an equivalent Standard. Testing and labelling shall be done by an authorised and independent laboratory. Provide finishes as indicated in schedules. 2 01 03 02 Electric Strikes Provide electric strikes of types indicated, which are either UL-listed or tested and labelled according to ANSI/UL 1034 or an equivalent Standard. Testing shall be done by an independent testing laboratory. The case and working parts of grade 1 strikes shall be of corrosion resistant material. The case and working parts of grade 2 and 3 strikes shall be of corrosion resistant material or be of material protected against corrosion. Strikes used with fire doors shall be tested in accordance with ANSI/ASTM E152 or an equivalent Standard. Testing and labelling shall be done by an authorised and independent laboratory. Strikes shall have a horizontal adjustment capability of min. 4 mm to compensate for warped doors. The bolt cavity depth shall accept 25 mm bolt projections. Strikes shall be fail safe or secure (unlocked or locked) in case of power failure as indicated. 2 01 04 Cylinders Provide cylinders of type and grade indicated, tested and labelled according to ANSI A156.5 or any other equivalent Standard. Testing shall be done by an authorised and independent testing laboratory. All cylinders shall be of the pin tumbler type and shall have five or more pin tumbler cavities. The keyways shall have longitudinal ribs. Modifications of these requirements for reasons of providing greater security are permitted. Cylinders for external doors shall not project more than 5 mm past the escutcheon.
7 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08700 Hardware
Security for non-authorised duplicates for Central Locking-, Master key- and Grand master key Systems shall be as indicated in schedules. 2 01 05 Door Closer and Release Devices Door closers are available in sizes from II to VI. Each size is related to a certain closing force - see Annex 7. For selecting closer sizes see Annex 7. ANSI/BHMA A156.4 establishes 3 different grades, which are related to cycle testing. Grade 1 is the highest quality. Additional features to the standard requirements have to be separately specified in the schedules: - Adjustable closing force - Adjustable latching speed - Back-check, factory preset or adjustable - Delayed closing action - Automatic hold open with or without selector (on and off) - Cam-action closer (surface or concealed in door closer with arm sliding in channel for more convenient operation) - Electromagnetic hold-open device - Electromagnetic hold-open with integrated smoke detector 2 01 05 01 Surface Door Closers Provide surface door closer of size, grade and finish indicated and tested according to ANSI/BHMA A156.4 or an equivalent Standard, inclusive all necessary installation accessories. Closer shall have standard arm if not otherwise indicated and two adjustable closing speeds Closers for fire rated doors shall be either U.L. listed or labelled and tested by an authorised and independent laboratory. Provide additional features as indicated in schedules. 2 01 05 02 Concealed in Door Closers Provide concealed in door closer of size, grade and finish indicated and tested according to ANSI/BHMA A156.4 or an equivalent Standard, inclusive all necessary installation accessories. Closer shall be installed within door frame without being visible after installation. Closer shall have standard arm if not otherwise indicated and two adjustable closing speeds Closers for fire rated doors shall be either U.L. listed or labelled and tested by an authorised and independent laboratory. Provide additional features as indicated in schedules. 2 01 05 03 Floor Springs Provide floor springs of size, grade and finish indicated and tested according to ANSI/BHMA A156.4 or an equivalent Standard, inclusive all necessary installation accessories. Closer shall have two adjustable closing speeds Closers for fire rated doors shall be either U.L. listed or labelled and tested by an authorised and independent laboratory. Provide additional features as indicated in schedules. 2 01 05 04 Transom Concealed Door Closers Provide transom concealed door closer of size, grade and finish indicated and tested according to ANSI/BHMA A156.4 or an equivalent Standard, inclusive all necessary installation accessories. Closer shall be installed within the respective transom frame without being visible after installation. Closer shall have two adjustable closing speeds Provide additional features as indicated in schedules. 8 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08700 Hardware
2 01 05 05 Electromagnetic Hold-Open Devices Provide electromagnetic holders for fire doors which are UL-listed or tested by an authorised and independent laboratory. Holders shall be of the recessed type, including wiring box and aluminium covers with finish matching other door hardware. Provide holder for voltage indicated with fail safe feature - magnet will be released when power fails. 2 01 06 Door Accessories 2 01 06 01 Door Viewer Door viewer shall be of solid, polished brass and UL listed, or as otherwise indicated. It shall provide a viewing angle of minimum 160 degrees. 2 01 06 02 Door Stop Door stops shall be of material and finish indicated. They may be wall or floor mounted as required. They shall be equipped with resilient, flame retardant rubber top. Size and fixing method shall be adequate for size and weight of doors. 2 01 06 03 Door Holder Door holders shall be of type, material and finish indicated. Automatic holders shall incorporate a spring system to minimise shock for door and holder. Size and fixing method shall be adequate for size and weight of doors. 2 01 06 04 Kick Plate Kick plates shall be of aluminium or brass with pattern and finish indicated. Height shall be minimum 15 cm and material thickness not less than 0,6 mm. 2 01 06 05 Louver Provide sight-proof, stationary louver panels with finish indicated. Louver blades shall be made of minimum 1 mm thick aluminium and bend twice to be stable and keep straight. Frames shall be made of minimum 1 mm thick welded aluminium sections, drilled for countersunk screws and fastened with oval-headed, nickel-plated-, or stainless steel screws. 2 01 06 06 Floor Gasket Provide floor gaskets of type, material and finish indicated. Sound proof gaskets shall provide the same sound transmission class (STC) as the door leaf itself. Floor gaskets for fire rated doors shall be UL-listed or tested by an authorised and independent laboratory. 2 02 Window Hardware 2 02 01 Hinges 01.0 Hinges for windows shall be of the lift-off type. 02.0 Hinges shall be of steel or stainless steel with finishes indicated in schedules. Steel hinges shall have a non-corrosive finish if not otherwise indicated. 03.0 The size of the hinges shall be adequate for the respective weight and comply with manufacturer's data. Windows more than 125 cm high shall have 3 hinges. 2 02 02 Bolts Bolts for windows shall be of steel with non-corrosive finish. They shall be mortised into the rebate with minimum of two bolts per window, operated by a single handle. Windows more than 125 cm high shall have 3 bolts.
9 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08700 Hardware
2 02 03 Tilt Hardware Windows to be tilted only shall have hinges and bolts as specified above and be equipped with limiters for the tilted position. Overhead tilt windows shall have the necessary operating device to enable the user operating it from the floor level. 2 02 04 Turn-Tilt Hardware Turn-tilt windows shall have an integrated hinge-bolt combination, which is mortised into the rebate and operated by a single handle only. Only hinges shall be visible. Hardware shall be adequate for the respective weight and comply with manufacturer's data. It shall be made of steel and have a non-corrosive finish or as otherwise indicated. 2 02 05 Sliding gear Bottom rails shall be integrated in window frame. Ball bearing rollers shall be of plastic for low noise operation. Size of rollers shall be selected according to manufacturer's recommendations. 2 02 06 Handles Handles shall be of aluminium with finish indicated. Pin shall be of steel, 7 mm square. Fasteners shall not be visible. 2 02 07 Locks Locks are mainly used for turn-tilt windows to prevent anybody opening the tilted window from outside, or to prevent children from opening a tilted window. Provide lockable handles with integrated profile cylinder. Keying shall be co-ordinated with the Engineer.
10 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08700 Hardware
Part 3: Execution 3 01 General Examination Examine doors and windows where work of this section will be installed. Correct conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3 02 General Preparation Verify that hardware complies with requirements in schedules. 3 03 Installation Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for hardware installation, except where more stringent requirements are indicated, including those of referenced Standards. 01.0 Mount hardware at heights indicated in "Recommended Locations for Builders Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames" and "Recommended Locations for Builders Hardware for Custom Steel Doors and Frames" by the Door and Hardware Institute, except as specifically indicated or directed by the Engineer. 02.0 Mount window hardware at heights recommended by manufacturer. 03.0 Hardware with countersunk holes shall only be fixed with countersunk screws. Flat head screws shall not protrude the surface. Visible screws shall be nickel-plated and preferably be of the oval-headed type. For stainless steel hardware only screws of the same material shall be used. For fixing hardware to aluminium or steel only machine screws shall be used; self- tapping screws are not permitted. Aluminium profiles shall be reinforced where hardware is applied. 04.0 Operating devices for overhead windows shall be fixed at 1,5 m above floor level. The necessary extension rods shall have sufficient bearings to avoid twisting and enable an easy operation. 05.0 Install each hardware item in compliance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Wherever cutting and fitting is required to install hardware onto or into surfaces which are later to be finished in another way, co-ordinate removal, storage and reinstallation or application of surface protections with finishing work specified in Section 9900 ‘Painting’. Do not install surface mounted items until finishes have been completed on the substrate. 3 04 Field Quality Control 3 05 Adjusting and Cleaning Prior to Preliminary Handing Over adjust hardware for doors and windows so that they move freely; remove any protective foils or paper and clean thoroughly. 3 06 Demonstration Installer or manufacturer shall demonstrate to employer's personnel handling and maintenance of hardware. 3 07 Protection Protect hardware as recommended by manufacturer to ensure that it is without damage at time of Preliminary Handing Over.
11 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08700 Hardware
Part 4: Method of Measurement 4 01 General Hardware which is specified to be supplied with doors and windows will not be measured separately. 4 02 Units of Measurement Hardware will be measured by sets as defined in the hardware schedule. The keying system will be measured as defined in schedule.
12 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08700 Hardware
Part 5: Basis of Payment 5 01 General Payment will be made for complete work including, but not limited to furnishing all material, equipment, tools, scaffolding, storage facilities, water, power, for all labour, samples and mock-ups, co-ordinating work with other trades, checking, examination, testing, quality assurance, cleaning and protecting. 5 02 Ancillary Works to be included in the Unit Rate The following ancillary works shall be included in the unit rate: Cleaning and protection until final handing.
13 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08700 Hardware
Annex: General Information 7 01 Closer size – Closing force Door closer sizes: Ref. ANSI/BHMA A156.4 - Table I Closer Size Minimum Closing Force II 3 lbf (13 N) III 5 lbf (22 N) IV 8 lbf (36 N) V 11 lbf (49 N) VI 14 lbf (62 N) 7 02 Type of Closers Door closer size and door size: Ref. ANSI/BHMA A 156.4 - Table A1
Type of Closer Closer Size Max. Door width Interior Max. Door width Exterior (mm) (mm) Surface mounted Closers II 864 914 light screen or combination storm doors III 965 762 IV 1219 914 V Extra large and subject to strong drafts 1067 VI N/A Extra heavy or of unusual height & width Concealed in Door Closers II 864 N/A III 965 N/A IV 1219 N/A Overhead Concealed and II 864 N/A Floor Closers III 965 762 IV 1219 914 V Extra large and subject to strong 1067 drafts VI Extra heavy or of unusual height & N/A width
14 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08800 Glazing
Division 08 - Doors and Windows Section 08800 - Glazing`
Part 1: General 1 01 Summary The work covered by this section consists of providing all tools, labour, equipment and materials, and performing all operations in connection with production and installation of glass. 1 01 01 Section includes 01.0 Standard Flat Glass 02.0 Plastic Glazing 03.0 Special Glasses 1 01 04 Related Sections 04200 Unit Masonry 08100 Metal Doors and Frames 08200 Wood and Plastic Doors 08300 Special Doors 08400 Entrances and Storefronts 08500 Metal Windows 08600 Wood and Plastic Windows 1 02 References 1 02 01 Applicable Standards 1 02 01 03 International Standards 1 02 01 03 01 International Standards Organization (ISO) ISO 834 : 75 Fire-resistance tests - Elements of building construction ISO 3009 : 76 Fire-resistance tests - Glazed elements ISO 3934 : 78 Rubber building gaskets - Materials in preformed solid vulcanizates used for sealing glazing and panels - Specification ISO 9050 : 90 Glass in building - Determination of light transmittance, total solar energy transmittance and ultraviolet transmittance, and related glazing factors ISO 9051 : 01 Glass in building - Glazed assemblies containing fire-resistant transparent or translucent glass, for use in building ISO 11600 : 93 Building construction - Sealants - Classification and requirements1 02 01 04 USA Standards ASTM E90 : 99 Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements ASTM E413 : 87 Classification for Rating Sound Insulation R(1999)
1
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08800 Glazing
1 02 01 06 British Standards BS 952 - Glass for glazing BS 952 - 1 : 95 Classification (R) BS 5051 : 88(94) Specification for glazing for interior use BS 5544 : 78(94) Specification for anti-bandit glazing BS 5713 : 79(94) Specification for hermetically sealed flat double glazing units BS 6206 : 81 Specification for impact performance requirements for flat safety glass and safety plastics for use in buildings 1 02 01 07 German Standards DIN 4109 : 89 Sound insulation in buildings; requirements and testing. DIN 52210 - 3 : 87 Testing of acoustics in buildings; airborne and impact sound insulation; laboratory measurements of sound insulation of building elements and field measurements between rooms. 1 02 02 Codes BS 6262 : 82 Code of Practice for glazing for buildings 1 03 Definitions 1 03 01 Technical Terms annealed glass - glass that has been subjected to controlled cooling to reduce the presence of residual stresses in glass thus allowing easy cutting. coated glass - glass substrate to which a coating has been applied, i.e. one or more thin solid layers of inorganic materials, in order to modify one or more of its properties. float glass - transparent glass, the surfaces of which are flat and parallel so that they provide clear undistorted vision and reflection; float glass is manufactured by allowing glass from a tank furnace to flow across a bath of molten metal. fully tempered glass (FT) - is up to five times as strong as annealed glass and when broken breaks into innumerable small fragments of more or less cubical shape; it is intended for general glazing where high strength is desired and for safety glazing such as doors, shower enclosures etc. heat strengthened glass (HS) - is about twice as strong as annealed glass and when broken the fragments are somewhat larger than fully tempered glass; it is intended for general glazing where additional strength is desired. heat treated flat glass - is classified in two different categories: Fully tempered (FT) and heat strengthened (HS) flat glass. insulating glass - comprises two or more panes of glass hermetically sealed at their periphery; the air space(s) so formed are generally filled with dehydrated air, however other gases may be used for improved thermal insulation. laminated glass - consists of two or more panes of glass with an interlayer of reinforcing material between each pane; the interlayers are resistant to penetration and they absorb impact shock, holding the glass in place and preventing extensive spalling of glass fragments. off-line coating - process whereby individual pieces of glass are coated on-line coating - process whereby the coating is applied to the surface of a continually moving ribbon of glass during the manufacturing process. patterned glass - translucent glass manufactured by the rolling process; usually the deeper the pattern, the greater the obscuration and diffusion.
2
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08800 Glazing
polished wired glass - transparent wired glass produced by grinding and polishing wired patterned glass safety glass - glass which when tested in accordance with BS 6206 either does not break, or breaks safely, and affords protection from cutting and piercing injuries in the event of accidental human impact. security glass - glass that affords protection against a specified level of attack. sheet glass - transparent glass, manufactured by the flat drawn process; it has natural fire-finished surfaces, but because the two surfaces are never perfectly flat and parallel, there is always some distortion of vision and reflection. silvered glass - is produced by the deposition of silver on to glass; the silver is then protected by coatings, such as in the manufacture of mirrors. tempered glass - see heat treated flat glass tinted glass - transparent or translucent glass, depending on type of glass, where the whole body of the glass is tinted translucent glass - glass that transmits light with varying degrees of diffusion so that vision is not clear. venetian strip silvering - is a process by which alternate bands of silvered and clear glass are produced to form what is often referred to as ‘one-way vision’ glass - see also ‘silvered glass’. transparent glass - glass that transmits light and permits clear vision through it wired glass - has steel wire mesh completely embedded in it wired patterned glass - translucent wired glass with a patterned surface 1 03 02 Abbreviations deg C degree Celsius max. maximum min. minimum Rw Sound Transmission Value (German) STC Sound Transmission Class (US) U-value Heat transmission factor (ASHRAE-US) K-value Heat transmission factor (ISO) 1 05 Submittals Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and specification section 01300. 1 05 01 Product Data Provide product data for each type of glass specified, including label compliance, fire- ,sound- and insulation ratings, finishes and maintenance instructions. Provide manufacturer’s certificates for all elements indicated showing compliance with referenced standards and requirements of local authorities. 1 05 02 Shop Drawings 1 05 03 Samples Provide samples for initial selection purposes for tinted, coated and patterned glass. 1 05 04 Quality Control Submittals Documented experience of contractor’s site supervisor(s) Reports and records of contractor’s Internal Quality Control. Reports and records of contractor’s External Quality Control
3
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08800 Glazing
1 05 05 Handing-Over Submittals 1 05 05 02 Operation and Maintenance Data Provide information if installed glazing requires special maintenance procedures. 1 06 Quality Assurance 1 06 01 Qualifications 1 06 01 01 Qualifications of Manufacturers Glass products used in the work of this section shall be produced by manufacturers regularly engaged in manufacturing glass and with a history of successful production acceptable to the Engineer. 1 06 01 02 Qualifications of Installers Use adequate number of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of work . Contractor’s site supervisor(s) shall have knowledge of referenced standards and at least five (5) years of documented experience. 1 06 04 Quality Control 1 06 04 01 Internal Quality Control Contractor’s internal quality control shall include but not be limited to: Checking of suppliers test certificates and certificates of compliance to conform with specification and referenced standards prior to assembly or installation. Checking of suppliers delivery tickets for compliance with supply order and specification. 1 07 Delivery, Storage and Handling 1 07 01 Packing and Shipping Protect glass and glazing materials during delivery to comply with manufacturer’s directions, and as required to prevent any damage to glass and glazing materials, including effects of moisture, condensation and temperature changes. Where insulating glass units will be exposed to substantial altitude changes, strictly follow manufacturer's instructions. 1 07 02 Storage and Protection Store glass at building site strictly according to manufacturer’s instructions. Protect it against dust and dirt, yet take care for proper ventilation to prevent condensation.
4
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08800 Glazing
Part 2: Products 2 01 Standard Flat Glass 2 01 01 Float Glass Float glass is the main glass product used for glazing in buildings. It is also the basic product for tempered, laminated and coated glass. Float glass shall be produced according to BS 952 or an equivalent Standard. It shall have parallel surfaces which provide clear undistorted vision and reflection without any physical impurities. Thickness of glass shall be as indicated in schedules or as required by size and wind load. 2 01 02 Sheet glass Sheet glass shall be produced according to BS 952 or an equivalent Standard. The two surfaces shall almost be flat and parallel. 2 01 03 Patterned Glass Patterned glass shall be produced by the rolling process as a translucent glass according to BS 952, or an equivalent Standard. Type of pattern will be selected by the Engineer according to manufacturer's sample chart. If tinted, patterned glass is required, it shall be body tinted during the manufacturing process. 2 01 04 Wired Glass Wired glass shall be produced with steel wire mesh completely embedded, according to BS 952 or an equivalent Standard. The wire mesh of 12,5 mm2 shall be welded at all intersections. 2 01 04 01 Wired Patterned Glass Wired patterned glass shall be produced as stated above and patterned. Type of pattern will be selected by the Engineer according to manufacturer's sample chart. 2 01 04 02 Polished Wired Glass Polished wired glass shall be transparent, produced by grinding and polishing wired patterned glass. 2 01 04 03 Safety Wired Glass Safety wired glass shall be provided as patterned- or polished wired glass as indicated in schedules and comply with the requirements of BS 5544 (safety glass) or an equivalent Standard. 2 03 Glazing Accessories 2 03 01 Elastomeric glazing sealants Provide manufacturer’s standard chemically curing elastomeric sealant, which complies with requirements of ISO 11600 or an equivalent Standard. Comply with recommendations of sealant and glass manufacturers for selection of sealant, which has performance characteristics suitable for applications indicated and conditions at time of installation. 2 03 02 Preformed glazing tapes Provide manufacturer’s standard solvent-free butyl-polyisobutylene formulation with a solids content of 100 percent complying with AAMA A 804.1 or an equivalent Standard. Extruded tape form shall be non-staining and non-migrating in contact with
5
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08800 Glazing
non-porous surfaces with or without continuous spacer rod as recommended by manufacturers of tape and glass for application indicated. 2 03 03 Glazing gaskets Provide cellular elastomeric preformed gaskets, extruded or moulded, of profile and hardness to maintain watertight seal, complying with requirements of ISO 3934 or an equivalent Standard. 2 04 Special Glasses 2 04 01 Coated Glass Coating of glass is supposed to modify one or more of its properties. The properties modified are: - light reflectance/ transmittance - solar heat reflectance/transmittance - surface emitivity There is only an European draft Standard (pr EN 1096-1) for coated glass existing. Definition therefore is only possible by specifying certain manufacturer’s products. The following coating systems are generally available: - Medium performance solar control coating on clear float glass which is coated during manufacture (on-line / pyrolitic) with a reflective layer that is sufficiently durable for the glass to be used as single glazing. - High performance solar control coating on clear or tinted float glass, which is coated after manufacture (off-line / sputtered) and also after any further treatment like lamination and tempering. This type of glass is mainly used for double-glazing only with the coating on the second surface. - Low emitivity (Low-E) coating for improved thermal insulation, available as on- or off- line coating. This coating is normally only used for double glazing and is applied to the third surface. 2 04 02 Tempered Glass Tempered glass is available in two different kinds: 1.As thermally toughened- or fully tempered (FT) glass; 2. As heat strengthened glass (HS) - see definitions; Only No. 1 can be produced to conform as safety glass. 2 04 02 01 Fully Tempered Glass (FT) 01.0 Fully tempered glass (thermally toughened) may be produced from float-, sheet-, patterned- or body tinted float and sheet glass and shall comply with the requirements for safety glass according to BS 6206 or an equivalent Standard. 02.0 Only on-line coated glass shall be tempered; Off-line coatings have to be applied after the tempering process. 03.0 Opaque float- or sheet glass shall have a coloured ceramic frit fired into one surface during the tempering process. 04.0 Cladding glass shall be produced from body tinted or reflective coated glass which in tempered form is opacified, i.e. made opaque, by means of an organic coating or film. 2 04 02 02 Heat Strengthened Glass (HS) 01.0 Heat strengthened glass may be produced from float-, sheet-, patterned- or body tinted float and sheet glass as indicated in schedules and shall comply with the requirements of BS 952 or an equivalent Standard. 02.0 Only on-line coated glass shall be tempered; Off-line coatings have to be applied after the tempering process.
6
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08800 Glazing
03.0 Opaque float- or sheet glass shall have a coloured ceramic frit fired into one surface during the tempering process. 04.0 Cladding glass shall be produced from body tinted or reflective coated glass which in tempered form is opacified, i.e. made opaque, by means of an organic coating or film. 2 04 03 Laminated Glass Laminated glass is made of two or more layers of glass, bond together by interlayers of non-visible foils or cast-in-place resin. In case of an accidental bodily impact it may break, yet it will not fall into pieces, it will firmly stay in place. It can be used as safety glass and for various types of security glasses. Thickness for safety glass above the minimum has to be defined according to required performance classification (local authorities). Thickness for burglar resistant security glass above the minimum has to be defined according to required performance classification either by using BS 5544, or requirements of local authorities.
2 04 03 01 Standard Laminated Glass - Safety Glass Standard laminated glass shall consist of two panes of glass (types as indicated) and one interlayer of polyvinyl butyral (pvb) of 0,38 mm thickness. Minimum nominal thickness 6,4 mm (2 x 3 mm glass + 0,38 mm interlayer) or as indicated in schedules. It shall comply with BS 952 or an equivalent Standard. 2 02 03 02 Burglar Resistant Glass - Security Glass Burglar resistant- or manual attack resistant glass shall either be a 3-ply laminate with one interlayer of polyvinyl butyral (pvb) of 1,52 mm thickness, or a 5-ply laminate with two 1,14 mm (pvb) interlayers. Minimum nominal thickness 7,5 mm (2 x 3 mm glass + 1,52 mm interlayer) or as indicated in schedules. It shall resist manual attack by means of an axe, crowbar, pickaxe, etc. and delay access to a protected space for a short period of time. It shall comply with BS 5544 or an equivalent Standard. 2 04 03 03 Bullet Resistant Glass Bullet resistant glazing for interior use shall comply with the requirements of BS 5051 -1 and tested and labelled by an independent laboratory. Provide glazing with one of the following classification – refer to the Engineer: * 01.0 Class G0 resistant to attack by a 9 mm parabellum hand gun. * 02.0 Class G1 resistant to attack by a 357 magnum hand gun. * 03.0 Class G2 resistant to attack by a 44 magnum hand gun. * 04.0 Class R1 resistant to attack by a 5.56 mm rifle. * 05.0 Class R2 resistant to attack by a 7.62 mm rifle. * 06.0 Class S86 resistant to attack by a 12 bore shot gun. 2 04 03 05 Intumescent Interlayer Laminated Glass There are two different fire-rated glass types available. They are defined in ISO 9051 as follows: RE-glass: fire resistant for a given time/temperature REI-glass: as above, yet with additional insulation capabilities (max. temperature rise of the unexposed side 140 deg C) Fire resistance times acc. to table 1 of ISO 9051: Code resistance time (min) 15 15 - 29 30 30 - 44 45 45 - 59 60 60 - 89
7
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08800 Glazing
90 90 - 119 120 120 (or more) 01.0 Provide fire-resistant glass for indicated resistance time as RE-glass according to ISO 9051 and tested according to ISO 3009 or an equivalent Standards. Testing and labelling shall be done by an independent laboratory. 02.0 Provide fire-resistant glass for indicated resistance time as REI-glass according to ISO 9051 and tested according to ISO 3009 and ISO 834 or equivalent Standards. Testing and labelling shall be done by an independent laboratory. 2 04 05 Insulating Glass 2 04 05 01 Standard Insulating Glass Double glazing units shall comply with BS 5713 and fixed in accordance with the recommendations of BS 6262, or an equivalent Standard. All glass used in the fabrication of hermetically sealed double glazing units shall be of float glass of types indicated in schedules. The spacer shall be of corrosion resistant material, either aluminium or stainless steel. Provide cavity width and U-value (k- value) as indicated in schedules. 2 04 05 01 01 Solar Control Coating Provide solar reflective coating on the second surface of the above specified insulating glass. Coating shall be applied on first quality annealed, clear or tinted float glass. Provide type of coating, performance and colour of glass as indicated in schedules. 2 04 05 01 02 Low-Emissivity (Low-E) Coating Provide Low-E coating on the third surface of above specified insulating glass. The improved thermal insulating qualities shall comply with the required U-values (k- values) indicated in schedules. 2 04 05 01 03 Safety Glass Provide safety glass for the outer pane of above specified insulating glass, being tempered or laminated as indicated in schedules and specified in the respective paragraphs above. Provide additional solar reflective-, and / or Low-E coating if and as indicated in schedules. 2 04 05 01 04 Sound Insulation Provide above specified insulating glass with sound insulation as indicated in schedules. Glass with sound insulating requirements based on ASTM E 413 (STC) shall be tested and labelled by an independent laboratory according to ASTM E 90. Glass with sound insulating requirements based on DIN 4109 (Rw) shall be tested and labelled by an independent laboratory according to DIN 52210 -3. 2 04 06 Bent Glass There are no special standards for bent glass. In most cases it will be used for overhead glazing and therefore should be of laminated glass. 2 05 Fabrication 2 05 01 Prefabrication / Workmanship 01.0 Fabricate insulation glass in compliance with referenced standards. The two panes of glass shall be hermetically dual sealed: Primary seal butyl; Secondary seal polysulfide or silicon. 02.0 Any coating shall be carried out carefully according to 'the state of the art' to meet manufacturer's own catalogue data. 2 05 04 Tolerances Tolerances for any glass product shall not exceed tolerances given in the referenced Standards. 8
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08800 Glazing
Tolerances for insulation glass units shall not vary from the nominal by more than the following: Thickness: (a) for two panes of glass each of 6 mm or less plus air space ± 1 mm; (b) for two panes of glass each of over 6 mm plus air space ± 1.5 mm; Length: (a) up to 3 m2 : +3 mm -0 mm (b) 3 - 8.5 m2 : +4.5 mm -0 mm (c) over 8.5 m2 : +6 mm -0 mm
9
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08800 Glazing
Part 3: Execution 3 01 General Examination Examine doors and windows where work of this section will be installed. Correct conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3 02 General Preparation Verify that glass complies with requirements in schedules for type and coating. 3 03 Installation Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for glass, sealants, gaskets and other glazing materials, except where more stringent requirements are indicated, including those of referenced Standards. 01.0 Doors and windows to be glazed shall be shop- or field-glazed as indicated with quality and type of glass specified. 02.0 Prepare surrounds and glass, unless otherwise directed, in conformance with BS 6262 -Code of Practice for glazing of buildings or an equivalent Standard. 03.0 Use beads or stops furnished with the items to be glazed to secure the glass in place. 04.0 Do not fit any insulating-, tempered- or laminated glass after it has left the factory. 05.0 Handle all glass with necessary care to avoid scratches and breaking of edges etc. Take special care of coated glasses. 3 05 Adjusting and Cleaning Prior to Preliminary handing Over thoroughly clean all glass and remove all labels, paint spots and other defacements. 3 07 Protection Protect glazing as recommended by manufacturer to ensure that it is without damage at time of Preliminary Handing Over.
10
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08800 Glazing
Part 4: Method of Measurement 4 01 General For glass the rebate size shall be taken as basis for measurement. In cases of factory pre-glazed units the glass will not be measured separately. 4 02 Units of Measurement Glass panes will be enumerated. Setting of glass will be included within the items.
11
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08800 Glazing
Part 5: Basis of Payment 5 01 General Payment will be made for complete work including but not limited to furnishing all material, equipment, tools, scaffolding, storage facilities, water, power, for all labour, samples and mock-ups, co-ordinating work with other trades, checking, examination, testing, quality assurance, cleaning and protecting. 5 02 Ancillary Works to be included in the Unit Rate The following ancillary works shall be included in the unit rate: Setting of glass including all setting material i.e. setting blocks, spacers, glazing tape etc. Cleaning and protection until final handing over .
12
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08800 Glazing
Annex: General Information 7 01 Clear Float Glass Availability of clear float glass: Ref.: BS 952 - Table 1 (check also local manufacturers for availability - max. sizes are limited to container measurements) Nominal Tolerances Approximate Normal thickness on thickness mass/unit area maximum size (mm) (mm) kg/m2 mm 3 +/-0,2 7,5 3210 x 6000 4 +/-0,2 10,0 3210 x 6000 5 +/-0,2 12,5 3210 x 6000 6 +/-0,2 15 3210 x 6000 8 +/-0,3 20 3210 x 6000 10 +/-0,3 25 3210 x 6000 12 +/-0,3 30 3210 x 6000 15 +/-0,5 37,5 3210 x 6000 19 +/-1,0 47,5 3210 x 6000 25 +/-1,0 62.5 3210 x 5100
7 02 Clear Sheet Glass Availability of clear sheet glass: Ref.: BS 952 - Table 2 (check also local manufacturers for availability - max. sizes are limited to container measurements) Nominal Tolerance on Approximate Normal thickness thickness mass/unit area maximum size (mm) (mm) kg/m2 mm 3 +/-0,3 7,5 2440 x 1320 4 +/-0,3 10,0 2880 x 2130 5 +/-0,3 12,5 2440 x 2130 6 +/-0,3 15,0 2440 x 2130
13
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08800 Glazing
7 03 Clear Patterned Glass Availability of clear patterned glass: Ref.: BS 952 - Table 3 (check also local manufacturers for availability - max. sizes are limited to container measurements) Nominal Tolerance on Approximate Normal thickness thickness mass/unit area maximum size (mm) (mm) kg/m2 mm 3 +/-0,5 7,5 2140 x 1320 4 +/-0,5 10,0 2140 x 1320 6 +/-0,5 15,0 2140 x 1320 8 +/-0,8 20,0 2140 x 1320 10 +/-1,0 25,0 2140 x 1320
7 04 Wired Glass Availability of wired glass: Ref.: BS 952 - Table 4 (check also local manufacturers for availability - max. sizes are limited to container measurements) Type Nominal Tolerance on Approximate Normal thickness thickness mass/unit maximum size area (mm) (mm) mm kg/m2 Ordinary wired Patterned 7 +/-0,7 16,5 1980 x 3700 Polished 6 0 16,5 1980 x 3300 +1,4 Safety wired Patterned 7 +/-0,7 16,5 1985 x 3500 Polished 6 0 16,5 1985 x 3300 +1,4
14
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08800 Glazing
7 05 Thermally Toughened Glass Availability of thermally toughened glass: Ref.: BS 952 - Table 5 (check also local manufacturers for availability - max. sizes are limited to container measurements) Type Nominal thickness Normal maximum size (mm) mm Clear float glass 3 1300 x 2100 4 1500 x 2200 5 1600 x 3200 6 2000 x 4200 8 2000 x 4200 10 2000 x 4200 12 2000 x 4200 15 1700 x 4200 19 1500 x 4200 over 19 see manufacturer
Body tinted float or 4 1500 x 2200 sheet glass 5 1600 x 3200 6 2000 x 4200 8 2000 x 4200 10 2000 x 4200 12 2000 x 4200
Patterned glass 4 1300 x 2000 6 1300 x 2500 10 1500 x 2500
Opaque glass 6 1500 x 3210 10 2000 x 3500
15
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08800 Glazing
7 06 Pvb Laminated Glass Availability of pvb laminated glass: Ref.: BS 952 - Table 6 (check also local manufacturers for availability - max. sizes are limited to container measurements) Type Nominal Tolerance on Approximate Normal thickness thickness mass/unit maximum area size mm mm kg/m2 mm Safety glass 4,4 +/- 0,4 11,0 2100 x 1200 4,8 +/- 0,4 11,0 2140 x 1320 6,4 +/- 0,4 16,0 3210 x 6000 6,8 +/- 0,4 16,0 3210 x 6000 8,4 +/- 0,4 21,0 3210 x 6000 8,8 +/- 0,4 21,0 3210 x 6000 Manual attack 7,5 +/- 0,4 16,0 3210 x 6000 9,5 +/- 0,4 21,0 3210 x 6000 11,3 +/- 0,6 23,5 2500 x 4500 11,5 +/- 0,4 26 3210 x 6000
7 07 Insulating Glass Size limitations for insulating glass units: Ref.: BS 5713 - Table 1 (check also local manufacturers for availability - max. sizes are limited to container measurements) Glass Cavity Maximum Maximum Maximum Maximum thickness width larger smaller area square mm mm dimension dimension m2 mm mm mm 3 5 to 6 2110 1270 2.4 1270 8 to 12 2110 1270 2.4 1270 4 5 to 6 2420 1300 2.86 1300 8 to 10 2440 1300 3.17 1300 12 to 20 2440 1300 3.17 1300 5 5 to 6 3000 1750 4.00 1750 8 to 12 3000 1750 4.8 2100 12 to 20 3000 1815 5.10 2100 6 5 to 6 4550 1980 5.88 2000 8 to 10 4550 2280 8.54 2440 12 to 20 4550 2440 9.00 2440 10 6 4270 2000 8.54 2440 8 to 12 5000 3000 15.00 3000 12 to 20 5000 3180 15.90 3250 12 12 to 20 5000 3180 15.90 3250
16
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08800 Glazing
7 08 Sound Transmission The following table is extracted from VDI guideline 2719 Tab. 2 + 3 Sound Rw Transmission dB Class 1 ≥ 27 2 ≥ 32 3 ≥ 37 4 ≥ 42 5 ≥ 47 6 ≥ 52
17
Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
08810 GLASS AND GLAZING
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08810 Glass and Glazing
1. GENERAL
1.1 Scope This specification covers the requirements for glass and glazing for metal frames, doors, windows, mirrors and glazed walls.
1.2 References The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by basic designation only.
AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM)
ASTM C 509 (1991) Elastomeric Cellular Preformed Gasket and Sealing Material
ASTM C 669 (1975; R 1989) Glazing Compounds for Back Bedding and Face Glazing of Metal Sash
ASTM C 864 (1990) Dense Elastomeric Seal Gaskets, Setting Blocks, and Spacers
ASTM C 920 (1987) Elastomeric Joint Sealants
ASTM C 1036 (1991) Flat Glass
ASTM C 1048 (1992) Heat-Treated Flat Glass – Kind HS, Kind FT Coated and uncoated Glass
ASTM C 1172 (1991) Laminated Architectural Flat Glass
ASTM D 395 (1989) Rubber Property – Compression Set
ASTM E 152 (1981a) Fire Tests of Door Assemblies
ASTM E 163 (1984) Fire Tests of Window Assemblies
ASTM E 773 (1988) Seal Durability of Sealed Insulating Glass Units
ASTM E 774 (1988) Sealed Insulating Glass Units
2 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08810 Glass and Glazing
AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS (ASCE)
ASCE 7 (1993) Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures
CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS (CFR)
16 CFR 1201 Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing Materials
FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS (FS)
FS DD-M-411 (Rev C) Mirrors, Glass
FS TT-P-00791 (Rev B; Am 2) Putty: Linseed-Oil Type, (For Wood- Sash-Glazing)
FLAT GLASS MARKETING ASSOCIATION (FGMA)
FGMA-01 (1990) Glazing Manual
NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA)
NFPA 80 (1992) Fire Doors and Windows
1.3 Submittals Engineer’s approval is required for the following submittals:
1.3.1 Data
Manufacturer’s descriptive product data, handling and storage recommendations, installation instructions, and cleaning instructions.
1.3.2 Drawings
Drawings showing complete details of the proposed setting methods, mullion details, edge blocking, size of openings, frame details, materials, and types and thickness of glass.
1.3.3 Certificates
Certificates stating that the glass meets the specified requirements. Labels or marking affixed to the glass will be accepted in lieu of certificates.
1.3.4 Samples
a) Glass Two 300 x 300 mm samples illustrating each glass units. 3 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08810 Glass and Glazing
b) Glazing materials Beads, gaskets, sealant and accessories.
1.4 System Description Glazing systems shall be fabricated and installed watertight and airtight to withstand thermal movement and wind loading without glass breakage, gasket failure, deterioration of glazing accessories, and defects in the work.
1.5 Delivery, Storage and Handling Glazing compounds shall be delivered to the site in the manufacturer’s unopened containers. Glass shall be stored indoors in a safe, well ventilated dry location in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions, and shall not be unpacked until needed for installation. Glass shall not be stored on site over 1 month.
1.6 Project / Site Conditions Glazing work shall not be started until outdoor temperature is above 5 degrees C and rising, unless procedures recommended by glass manufacturer are approved by the Engineer. Ventilation shall be provided to prevent condensation of moisture on glazing work during installation. Glazing work shall not be performed during damp or raining weather.
2. PRODUCTS
Recommended vendors: - “Blue-Green” by Pilkington P.O Box 799, 811 Madison Avenue Toledo, Ohio U.S.A. Tel.: (419) 247-3779 fax: (419) 247-4573 - P.P.G Industries Inc. Export Sales Customer Services, One PPG Place 31E Pittsburgh Pennsylvania, U.S.A Tel.: (412) 434-3484 fax: (412) 434-2708 - GURDIAN – A company of Vision www.gurdian.com or equal approved
2.1 Float Glass 2.1.1 Clear Annealed Glass Annealed glass shall be type I transparent flat type, Class 1 – clear, Quality q4 – glazing select, light transmittance and shading coefficient, conforming to ASTM C 1036.
2.1.2 Tinted (Light-Reducing) Glass
4 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08810 Glass and Glazing
Tinted (light-reducing) glass shall be Type I transparent flat type, Class 3 – tinted, Quality q4 – glazing select. Light transmittance and shading coefficient shall conform to ASTM C 1036. Color shall be blue.
2.2 Heat-Treated Glass Heat-treated glass shall conform to the following requirements.
2.2.1 Tempered Glass Tempered glass shall be kind FT fully tempered transparent flat type, Class 2- tinted, condition A uncoated surface, quality q4 – glazing select. Light transmittance and shading coefficient shall conform to ASTM C 1048. Color shall be blue.
2.3 Laminated Glass Laminated Glass shall consist of two layers of type I transparent float glass, class 2-tinted quality q4 glazing select conforming to ASTM C 1036. Glass shall be bonded together with 0.38 mm thick PVB plastic interlayer under pressure, conforming to requirements of 16 CFR 1201 and ASTM C 1172. Color shall be blue. Glass of revolving door is 22mm thick 6-10-6mm
2.4 Mirrors 2.4.1 Glass Mirrors
Glass for mirrors shall be type I transparent flat type, glass, 1 clear glazing quality q1 6.4mm thick conforming to ASTM C 1036. Glass color shall be clear. Glass shall be coated with silver coating, copper protective coating, and mirror backing paint conforming to FS DD-M-411. Silver coating shall be highly adhesive pure silver coating of a thickness which shall provide reflectivity of 83 percent or more of incident light when viewed through 6.4mm thick glass, free of pinholes or other defects, Copper protective coating shall be pure bright reflective copper, homogeneous without sludge, pinholes or other defects, and shall be of proper thickness to prevent “adhesion pull” by mirror backing paint. Mirror backing paint shall consist of two coats of special scratch and abrasion-resistant paint applied, and shall be backed in uniform thickness to provide a protection for silver and copper coatings which will permit normal cutting and edge fabrication.
2.4.2 One-Way Mirrors
Glass for one-way mirrors shall be type I transparent flat type, glass 1 clear, glazing quality q1 6.4mm thick conforming to ASTM C 1036. Glass shall be coated on one face with a hard adherent film of chromium or other approved coating of proven equivalent durability. Glass shall transmit not less than 5 percent nor more than 11 percent of total incident light in visible region, and shall reflect from front surface of coating not less than 45 percent of total incident light in visible region.
5 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08810 Glass and Glazing
2.4.3 Mirrors Accessories
2.4.3.1 Mastic Mastic for setting mirrors shall be a polymer type mirror mastic resistant to water, shock, cracking, vibration and thermal expansion. Mastic shall be compatible with mirror backing paint, and shall be approved by mirror manufacturer. 2.4.3.2 Mirror Frames Mirrors shall be provided with mirror frames (J-mold channels) fabricated of one-piece roll-formed type 304 stainless steel with No. 4 brushed satin finish and concealed fasteners which will keep mirrors snug to wall. Frames shall be 31.8 x 6.4 x 6.4mm continuous at top and bottom of mirrors. Concealed fasteners of type to suit wall construction material shall be provided with mirror frames. 2.4.3.3 Mirror Clips Concealed fasteners of type to suit wall construction material shall be provided with clips.
2.5 Glazing Accessories
2.5.1 Performed Tape
Preformed tape shall be elastomeric rubber extruded into a ribbon of a width and thickness suitable for specific application. Tape shall be of type which will remain resilient, have excellent adhesion, and be chemically compatible to glass, metal, or wood.
2.5.2 Sealant
Sealant shall be elastomeric conforming to ASTM C 920, type S or M, Grade NS, Class 12.5, use G, of type chemically compatible with setting blocks, preformed sealing tape and sealants used in manufacturing insulating glass. Color of sealant shall be as selected.
2.5.3 Glazing Gaskets
Glazing gaskets shall be extruded with continuous integral locking projection designed to engage into metal glass holding members to provide a watertight seal during dynamic loading, building movements and thermal movements. Glazing gaskets for a single glazed opening shall be comtinuous one-piece units with factory-fabricated injection-molded corners free of flashing and burrs. Glazing gaskets shall be in lengths or units recommended by manufacturer to ensure against pull-back at corners. Glazing gasket profiles shall be as indicated on drawings.
2.5.3.1 Fixed Glazing Gaskets
6 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08810 Glass and Glazing
Fixed glazing gaskets shall be closed-cell (sponge) smooth extruded compression gaskets of cured elastomeric virgin neoprene compounds conforming to ASTM C 509, type 2, option 1.
2.5.3.2 Wedge Glazing Gaskets
Wedge glazing gaskets shall be high-quality extrusions of cured elastomeric virgin neoprene compounds, ozone resistant, conforming to ASTM C 864, option 1, shore A durometer between 65 and 75.
2.5.3.3 Aluminum Framing Glazing Gaskets
Glazing gaskets for Aluminum Framing shall be permanent, elastic, non- shrinking, non-migrating, watertight and weathertight.
2.5.3.4 Glazing Compound
Glazing compound shall conform to ASTM C 669 for face-glazing metal sash. Glazing compounds shall not be used with laminated glass.
2.5.3.5 Setting and Edge Blocking
Neoprene setting blocks shall be dense extruded type conforming to ASTM D 395, Method B, shore A durometer between 70 and 90. Edge blocking shall be shore A durometer of 50 (± 5). Silicone setting blocks shall be required when blocks are in contact with silicone sealant. Profiles, lengths and locations shall be as required and recommended in writing by glass manufacturer.
3. EXECUTION
3.1 Preparation Openings and framing systems scheduled to receive glass shall be examined for compliance with approved shop drawings, FGMA-01 and glass manufacturer’s recommendations including size, squareness, offsets at corners, presence and function of weep system, face and edge clearance requirements and effective sealing between joints of glass-framing members. detrimental materials shall be removed from glazing rabbet and glass surface and wiped dry with solvent. Glazing surfaces shall be dry.
3.2 Installation Glass and glazing work shall be performed in accordance with approved shop drawings, FGMA-01, glass manufacturer’s instructions and warranty requirements. Glass shall be installed with factory labels intact and removed only when instructed. Wired glass shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 80. Edges and corners shall not be ground, nipped or cut after leaving factory. Springing, forcing or twisting of units during installation will nit be permitted.
7 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY ODAC Division 08 Doors and Windows Section 08810 Glass and Glazing
3.3 Cleaning Upon completion of project, outside surfaces of glass shall be washed clean and the inside surfaces of glass shall be washed and polished in accordance with glass manufacturer’s recommendations.
3.4 Protection Glasswork shall be protected immediately after installation. Glazed openings shall be identified with suitable warning tapes, cloth or paper flags, attached with non-staining adhesives. Reflective glass shall be protected with a protective material to eliminate any contamination of the reflective coating. Protective material shall be placed far enough away from the coated glass to allow air to circulate to reduce heat buildup and moisture accumulation of the glass. Glass units which are broken, chipped cracked, abraded, or otherwise damaged during construction activities shall be removed and replace with new units.
End of Section 08810
8 Al LABINA / AL MANAR in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV